WO2006038537A1 - Image recording material-use support and image recording material, and image recording method - Google Patents

Image recording material-use support and image recording material, and image recording method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2006038537A1
WO2006038537A1 PCT/JP2005/018039 JP2005018039W WO2006038537A1 WO 2006038537 A1 WO2006038537 A1 WO 2006038537A1 JP 2005018039 W JP2005018039 W JP 2005018039W WO 2006038537 A1 WO2006038537 A1 WO 2006038537A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
image
image recording
layer
polyolefin resin
recording material
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2005/018039
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Shinji Fujimoto
Kazuhito Miyake
Ashita Murai
Ryuichi Katsumoto
Shigehisa Tamagawa
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corporation filed Critical Fujifilm Corporation
Priority to CN2005800339344A priority Critical patent/CN101035675B/en
Priority to US11/664,113 priority patent/US7776429B2/en
Publication of WO2006038537A1 publication Critical patent/WO2006038537A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03GELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
    • G03G7/00Selection of materials for use in image-receiving members, i.e. for reversal by physical contact; Manufacture thereof
    • G03G7/0006Cover layers for image-receiving members; Strippable coversheets
    • G03G7/002Organic components thereof
    • G03G7/0026Organic components thereof being macromolecular
    • G03G7/004Organic components thereof being macromolecular obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/06Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B27/10Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of paper or cardboard
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/32Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyolefins
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/24Structurally defined web or sheet [e.g., overall dimension, etc.]
    • Y10T428/24802Discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation or bond [e.g., artwork, printing, retouched photograph, etc.]
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/24Structurally defined web or sheet [e.g., overall dimension, etc.]
    • Y10T428/24942Structurally defined web or sheet [e.g., overall dimension, etc.] including components having same physical characteristic in differing degree
    • Y10T428/2495Thickness [relative or absolute]
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/24Structurally defined web or sheet [e.g., overall dimension, etc.]
    • Y10T428/24942Structurally defined web or sheet [e.g., overall dimension, etc.] including components having same physical characteristic in differing degree
    • Y10T428/24992Density or compression of components
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/26Web or sheet containing structurally defined element or component, the element or component having a specified physical dimension
    • Y10T428/263Coating layer not in excess of 5 mils thick or equivalent
    • Y10T428/264Up to 3 mils
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/31504Composite [nonstructural laminate]
    • Y10T428/31855Of addition polymer from unsaturated monomers
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/31504Composite [nonstructural laminate]
    • Y10T428/31971Of carbohydrate
    • Y10T428/31993Of paper
    • Y10T428/31996Next to layer of metal salt [e.g., plasterboard, etc.]

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an image recording material support capable of recording a high-quality image without occurrence of blistering and occurrence of recording unevenness and fixing unevenness, and an image recording material using the image recording material support,
  • the present invention also relates to an image recording method.
  • image recording materials such as electrophotographic materials, heat sensitive materials, ink jet recording materials, sublimation transfer materials, thermal image materials, silver salt photographic materials, thermal transfer materials
  • base paper Synthetic paper, synthetic resin sheet, coated paper, laminated paper and the like are used, and among these, coated paper and laminated paper are suitable.
  • a support for image recording material for example, a support provided with at least one resin coating layer on both sides of a base paper has been proposed (see Patent Documents 1 to 3).
  • any process in image recording has a high-temperature heating process, so it is generated from the base paper. There is a problem that bubbles such as water vapor cause blisters in the resin coating layer. Further, when a heat-resistant high-coating material is used for the resin coating layer of the image recording material support, there is a problem that recording unevenness or fixing unevenness due to poor followability occurs.
  • a support for an image recording material having at least one polyolefin resin layer on both sides of a base paper and capable of recording a high-quality image without occurrence of blistering and non-uniformity of fixing is provided. It has not been obtained yet, and the current situation is that it is desired to provide it.
  • Patent Document 1 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 7-120868
  • Patent Document 2 JP-A-9 146218
  • Patent Document 3 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-10327
  • the present invention relates to an image recording material support capable of recording a high-quality image without occurrence of blistering and occurrence of recording unevenness and fixing unevenness, and various image recording materials using the image recording material support.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide an image recording method.
  • the base paper and at least one polyolefin resin layer on both sides of the base paper, and the front surface polyolefin resin layer on the side on which the image recording layer is provided in the polyolefin resin layer has 2
  • the average density force of the outermost front surface polyolefin resin layer located at the farthest position and more than the base paper force The front surface other than the outermost front surface polyolefin resin layer
  • the polyolefin surface resin layer An image recording material support characterized in that it is smaller than the average density of at least one of the above.
  • ⁇ 2> The support for an image recording material according to ⁇ 1>, which is used for image recording in which at least one of recording by heating, development by heating, and fixing by heating is performed.
  • the average density of the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer is less than 0.930 gZcm 3 and at least the outer surface polyolefin resin layer other than the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer is at least The image recording material support according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 2>, wherein any one of the average densities is 0.930 gZcm 3 or more.
  • ⁇ 4> The material according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 3>, wherein the thickness of at least one of the front surface polyolefin resin layers other than the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer is 15 ⁇ m or more.
  • the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer contains a low density polyethylene having a density of 0.930 gZcm 3 or less, and the outer surface polyolefin resin layer other than the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer.
  • the content of the high density polyethylene resin having a density of 0.945 gZcm 3 or more in at least one of the surface polyolefin resins other than the outermost polyolefin resin layer is 30% by mass or more.
  • At least one of the polyolefin resin layers is an organic pigment or an inorganic pigment.
  • An image recording material comprising the image recording material support according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7>, and at least an image recording layer on the support.
  • Electrophotographic material, heat sensitive material, sublimation transfer material, thermal transfer material, heat developing material, silver salt photographic material and inkjet recording material The image recording material described in any one of the above.
  • the thermal recording material having at least the thermal recording layer on the image recording material support according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7> is heated by using either a thermal head or a laser.
  • An image recording method comprising: an image recording step for recording the image.
  • a heat developing process for forming a visible image by heating using a misalignment of a heat roller, a heat belt, a plate heater, a thermal head, a laser, and a combination of the heat developed material exposed to printing This is an image recording method.
  • the toner image is heated and pressed using an image surface smoothing and fixing processing machine having a heating and pressing member, a belt member, and a cooling device, and then cooled and peeled off.
  • an image surface smoothing and fixing processing machine having a heating and pressing member, a belt member, and a cooling device, and then cooled and peeled off.
  • Fluorocarbonsiloxane rubber strength The image according to any one of ⁇ 16> to ⁇ 17>, wherein the main chain has at least one of a perfluoroalkyl ether group and a perfluoroalkyl group. It is a recording method.
  • the support for an image recording material of the present invention comprises a base paper and at least one polyolefin resin layer on both surfaces of the base paper, and an image recording layer in the polyolefin resin layer is provided.
  • the average density force of the outermost front surface polyolefin resin layer located at the farthest position of the base paper strength is two or more on the side of the front surface polyolefin resin layer and the outermost front surface polyolefin resin layer. Since it is smaller than the average density of at least one of the front surface polyolefin resin layers other than the oil layer, it is possible to record a high-quality image without occurrence of recording unevenness or fixing unevenness without blistering.
  • the image recording material of the present invention has the image recording material support of the present invention, so that a high-quality image without occurrence of recording unevenness and fixing unevenness without occurrence of blisters.
  • An image can be recorded, and in particular, an image recording material suitable for any of electrophotographic materials, heat-sensitive materials, sublimation transfer materials, thermal transfer materials, heat development materials, silver salt photographic materials, and inkjet recording materials can be provided.
  • the image recording method of the present invention is the image recording material support of the present invention. It comprises an image recording step for recording an image by heating a thermal recording material having at least a thermal recording layer thereon using a thermal head and a laser V or a deviation. This one
  • the image recording method of the present invention is a latent image recording step of recording a latent image by printing exposure of a heat-developable material having at least an image recording layer on the image recording material support of the present invention. And a heat development step of forming a visible image by heating the heat-developable material subjected to printing exposure using a heating roller, a heating belt, a plate heater, a thermal head, a laser, or a combination thereof. Become. As a result, it is possible to record a high-quality image without occurrence of blistering uneven recording and fixing unevenness.
  • the image recording method of the present invention in a third form, includes a toner image forming step of forming a toner image on an electrophotographic material having at least a toner image receiving layer on the image recording material support of the present invention; And a heat fixing step of fixing the toner image by heating using any one of a fixing roller, a fixing belt, and a combination thereof.
  • a toner image forming step of forming a toner image on an electrophotographic material having at least a toner image receiving layer on the image recording material support of the present invention and a heat fixing step of fixing the toner image by heating using any one of a fixing roller, a fixing belt, and a combination thereof.
  • the image recording method of the present invention is a toner image forming step of forming a toner image on an electrophotographic material having at least a toner image receiving layer on the image recording material support of the present invention; And an image surface smoothness fixing step for smoothening the surface of the toner image.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic view showing an example of an image surface smoothing and fixing processor according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing an example of an image forming apparatus of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic view showing an example of an image surface smoothness / fixing processor in FIG. 2.
  • the support for image recording material of the present invention comprises a base paper and at least one polyolefin resin layer on both sides of the base paper, and an image recording layer in the polyolefin resin layer is provided. There are two or more front polyolefin resin layers on the side, and other layers as necessary.
  • the image recording material support is preferably used for image recording in which at least one of recording by heating, development by heating, and fixing by heating is performed.
  • the base paper is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. Specifically, it is a high-quality paper, for example, “Photographic Engineering Fundamental Silver Salt Photo Edition” edited by the Japan Photographic Society. Papers described on pages 223 to 224 of Corona Publishing Co. (Showa 54) are preferred.
  • a fiber length distribution for example, a 24 mesh screen as described in JP-A-58-68037, for example.
  • pulp fibers having a total force of 20% to 45% by mass and a remaining value of 5% or less by 24 mesh screen.
  • the center line average roughness can be adjusted by surface treatment with heat and pressure by machine calender and super calender.
  • the base paper is not particularly limited as long as it is a known material used for a support, and various material strengths can be appropriately selected according to the purpose.
  • natural paper such as conifers and hardwoods can be selected.
  • pulp a mixture of the natural pulp and synthetic pulp.
  • LBKP softwood bleached kraft pulp
  • LBSP hardwood sulfite pulp
  • a beater, refiner, etc. can be used to beat the above-mentioned norp.
  • Norp's Canadian standard freeness is more preferably 200 to 440 ml C. SF force ⁇ , more preferably 250 to 380 ml C. SF force ⁇ /, because paper shrinkage can be controlled during the paper making process.
  • pulp stock obtained after beating the pulp
  • various additives such as a filler, a dry paper strength enhancer, Sizing agents, wet paper strength enhancers, fixing agents, pH adjusters, pitch control agents, slime control agents, and other agents are added.
  • the filler examples include, for example, calcium carbonate, clay, kaolin, white clay, talc, titanium dioxide, diatomaceous earth, barium sulfate, aluminum hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, calcined sauce, calcined kaolin, deramikaolin, heavy Calcium carbonate, light calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, barium carbonate, zinc oxide, silicon oxide, amorphous silica, aluminum hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, zinc hydroxide, urea-formalin resin, polystyrene resin Examples thereof include fat, phenol resin, and fine hollow particles.
  • dry paper strength enhancer examples include cationized starch, cationized polyacrylamide, ionic polyacrylamide, amphoteric polyacrylamide, and carboxy-modified polybutyl alcohol.
  • the sizing agent examples include higher fatty acid salts; styrene acrylic compounds, petroleum rosin sizing agents; rosin derivatives such as rosin and malein rosin, paraffin wax, alkyl ketene dimer, alkale succinic anhydride (ASA). ) And compounds containing higher fatty acids such as epoxy fatty acid amides.
  • wet paper strength enhancer examples include polyamine polyamide epoxy hydrin, melamine resin, urea resin, epoxy polyamide resin, and the like.
  • the fixing agent examples include polyvalent metal salts such as aluminum sulfate and aluminum chloride; basic aluminum compounds such as sodium aluminate, basic aluminum chloride, and basic polyhydroxyaluminum aluminum; ferrous sulfate, Polyvalent metal compounds such as ferric sulfate; starch, processed starch, polyacrylamide, urea resin, melamine resin, epoxy resin, polyamide resin, polyamine resin, polyethyleneimine, plant gum, polyethylene oxide, etc. Water-soluble high molecules; cationic polymers such as cationized starch; hydrophilic cross-linked polymer particle dispersions, various compounds such as derivatives or modified products thereof, and the like.
  • Examples of the pH adjuster include caustic soda and sodium carbonate.
  • Examples of the other chemicals include antifoaming agents, dyes, slime control agents, fluorescent whitening agents, and the like.
  • a softening agent etc. can also be added as needed.
  • the softening agent For example, it is possible to use those described in the new 'paper processing Handbook (paper medicine Time Inc. eds) 5 54-5 55 pp (19Derutaomikuron year published) and the like.
  • these various additives may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Further, the amount of these various additives added to the pulp paper stock can be appropriately selected according to the purpose without particular limitation, and is preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass.
  • pulp paper containing the various additives is further added to a hand paper machine, a long paper machine, a round paper machine, a twin wire machine, or a combination machine. Paper is made using a paper machine such as, and then dried to produce a base paper. Further, if desired, surface sizing treatment can be performed either before or after the drying.
  • the treatment liquid used for the surface sizing treatment is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. For example, a water-soluble polymer compound, a water-resistant substance, a pigment, a dye, a fluorescent brightening agent, etc. It may be included.
  • water-soluble polymer compound examples include cationized starch, oxidized starch, polybutyl alcohol, carboxy-modified polybutyl alcohol, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyethylenosenorerose, senorelose sanoleate, gelatin, Casein, sodium polyacrylate, styrene maleic anhydride copolymer sodium salt, sodium polystyrene sulfonate, and the like.
  • water-resistant substance examples include latex emulsions such as styrene butadiene copolymer, ethylene acetate butyl copolymer, polyethylene, and salt vinylidene copolymer, and polyamide polyamine epoxy hydrin. And synthetic waxes.
  • latex emulsions such as styrene butadiene copolymer, ethylene acetate butyl copolymer, polyethylene, and salt vinylidene copolymer, and polyamide polyamine epoxy hydrin.
  • synthetic waxes synthetic waxes.
  • pigment examples include calcium carbonate, clay, kaolin, talc, barium sulfate, and titanium oxide.
  • the ratio of the longitudinal Young's modulus (Ea) to the transverse Young's modulus (Eb) (EaZEb) of the base paper is 1.5-2 in terms of improving rigidity and dimensional stability (curling property). Preferably it is in the 0 range.
  • EaZEb value is less than 1.5 or more than 2.0, the rigidity of the image recording material and the curling property are liable to deteriorate and the running property during conveyance is likely to be hindered.
  • E means dynamic elastic modulus.
  • p means density.
  • c means the speed of sound in the paper.
  • n means Poisson's ratio.
  • the thickness of the base paper is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. Usually, it is 30 to 500 111 girls, 50 to 300 111 girls, 100 to 250. m force S is more preferable.
  • the basis weight of the base paper is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. For example, 50 to 250 gZm 2 force is preferable, and 100 to 200 gZm 2 force is more preferable.
  • the base paper is calendered.
  • the calendar processing is preferably performed such that the metal roll is in contact with the image recording surface side of the base paper.
  • the surface temperature of the metal roll is preferably 100 ° C or higher, more preferably 150 ° C or higher, and further preferably 200 ° C or higher.
  • the upper limit temperature of the surface temperature of the metal roll is a force that can be appropriately selected according to the purpose for which there is no particular limitation. For example, about 300 ° C. is preferable.
  • the nip pressure during calendering is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the Nag purposes, LOOkNZcm 2 or more preferably tool 100 ⁇ 600KNZcm 2 Gayori preferred.
  • the calendar in the calendar process is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose.
  • a soft calender roll comprising a combination of a metal roll and a synthetic resin roll, a pair of metal rolls Has a machine calendar roll consisting of And the like.
  • those having a soft calender roll are suitable, and in particular, a metal roll and a long two-ply chew calender with a synthetic resin belt can take a long-pipe width. It is preferable because the contact area between the cast coat layer of the base paper and the tool increases.
  • the polyolefin resin layer is provided at least one layer on both sides of the base paper, and at least two front surface polyolefin resin layers are provided on the image recording layer side of the base paper, and are located farthest from the base paper.
  • the front surface polyolefin resin layer is formed by laminating two layers of the lower polyolefin resin layer and the upper polyolefin resin layer in this order on the base paper, the upper polyolefin resin layer The outermost surface polyolefin resin layer becomes the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer, and the lower polyolefin resin layer becomes the front surface polyolefin resin layer other than the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer.
  • the upper polyolefin resin layer is the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer
  • the lower polyolefin resin layer and the intermediate polyolefin resin layer are surface polyolefin resins other than the outermost surface polyolefin fin resin layer. Become a layer.
  • the average density of the outermost front surface polyolefin resin layer located farthest from the base paper is at a position other than that of the outermost front surface polyolefin resin layer. It is characterized by being smaller than the average density of at least one of the front surface polyolefin resin layers.
  • the average density of the outermost front surface polyolefin ⁇ layer preferably is less than 0. 930gZcm 3 instrument 0. 925gZcm 3 or less is more preferable.
  • the average density of at least one of the front surface polyolefin resin layers other than the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer is preferably 0.930 gZcm 3 or more. 0.950 g / cm 3 The above is more preferable, and the upper limit of the average density is 0.970 gZcm 3 .
  • the thickness of at least one of the front surface polyolefin resin layers other than the outermost front surface polyolefin resin layer is preferably 15 m or more, more preferably 15 to 20 m. If the thickness is less than 15 m, the limit temperature that can withstand blisters decreases, and blisters may be generated at lower temperatures.
  • the thickness of the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer is preferably 10 to 30 ⁇ m, more preferably 5 m or more. If the thickness of the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer is less than 5 ⁇ m, recording irregularities and fixing irregularities may occur due to poor followability, and if it exceeds 30 / zm, the polyolefin resin Productivity may decrease due to restrictions on the melt discharge rate.
  • the thickness of the back surface polyolefin resin layer is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. However, from the viewpoint of curl balance, the thickness of the final form is appropriately set so that the curl is flat. U, prefer to adjust.
  • polyolefin resin in the polyolefin resin layer examples include, for example, polyethylene resin, polypropylene resin, blend of polypropylene resin and polyethylene resin, high density polyethylene resin, high density polyethylene resin and low A blend with a density polyethylene resin is preferred.
  • the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer contains a low density polyethylene resin having a density of 0.930 gZcm 3 or less (preferably 0.925 gZcm 3 or less), and the outermost surface polyolefin resin resin.
  • at least one density 0. 945gZcm 3 or more tables face polyolefin ⁇ layer other than the layer (preferably 0. 950gZcm 3 or higher) preferably contains a high density polyethylene ⁇ of.
  • the content of the high-density polyethylene resin having a density of 0.945 gZcm 3 or more in at least one of the front surface polyolefin resin layers other than the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer is 30% by mass or more. 50% by mass or more is more preferable.
  • At least one of the polyolefin resin layers contains at least one of an organic pigment and an inorganic pigment.
  • Examples of the organic pigment include ultramarine blue, selenmble one, phthalocyanine blue, Baltic violet, fast violet, manganese violet, and the like.
  • Examples of the inorganic pigment include titanium dioxide, calcium carbonate, talc, stearic acid amide, and zinc stearate.
  • titanium dioxide is preferable.
  • the content of titanium titanate nitric acid in the polyolefin resin layer is preferably 5 to 30% by mass.
  • the method for forming the polyolefin resin layer is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, and is usually a lamination method, a sequential lamination method, a foot block type, a multi-hold type. It is formed by coating by any one of a multi-slot type single layer or multilayer extrusion die, a laminating method using a laminator, or a coextrusion coating method in which multiple layers are extrusion coated simultaneously.
  • the shape of the single-layer or multi-layer extrusion die can be appropriately selected according to the purpose without any particular limitation, and examples thereof include a T die and a coat nonga die.
  • the support for an image recording material of the present invention obtained as described above can record a high-quality image without occurrence of blistering and non-uniformity of fixing, and can be used for various applications.
  • it can be suitably used for electrophotographic materials, heat-sensitive materials, sublimation transfer materials, thermal transfer materials, heat development materials, silver salt photographic materials, ink jet recording materials, and the like.
  • the image recording material of the present invention comprises the support for image recording material of the present invention and at least an image recording layer on the support, and further comprises other layers as necessary.
  • the support for the image recording material is as described above.
  • the image recording material is preferably subjected to at least one of recording by heating, development by heating, and fixing by heating! /.
  • the recording by heating is preferably performed by the deviation of the thermal head and the laser.
  • the development by heating is performed by a deviation of a heating roller, a heating belt, a plate heater, a thermal head, a laser, and a combination thereof! /.
  • the fixing by heating is preferably performed by any one of a fixing roller, a fixing belt, and a combination thereof.
  • the image recording material varies depending on the use and type of the image recording material.
  • an electrophotographic material a heat-sensitive material, a sublimation transfer material, a thermal transfer material, a heat development material, a silver salt photographic material, and an inkjet recording. Materials, etc.
  • each image recording material will be described focusing on the electrophotographic material.
  • the electrophotographic material has the support for image recording material of the present invention and a toner image receiving layer on at least one surface of the support as an image recording layer, and other layers appropriately selected as necessary, for example, , Surface protective layer, back layer, intermediate layer, undercoat layer, cushion layer, charge control (prevention) layer, reflection layer, color adjustment layer, storage stability improvement layer, anti-adhesion layer, anti-curl layer, smooth layer Etc.
  • Each of these layers may have a single layer structure or a laminated structure.
  • the toner image receiving layer is a layer for receiving color toner and black toner and forming an image.
  • the toner image-receiving layer has a function of receiving toner that forms an image from a developing drum or an intermediate transfer body by (static) electricity, pressure, etc. in a transfer process, and fixing it by heat, pressure, etc. in a fixing process
  • the toner image-receiving layer is preferably a low-transparency toner image-receiving layer having a light transmittance of 78% or less from the viewpoint that the electrophotographic material of the present invention has a photographic feel. 73% or less is more preferable, and 72% or less is more preferable.
  • the light transmittance should be measured using a direct reading haze meter (Suga Test Instruments H GM 2DP) separately formed on a polyethylene terephthalate film (100 m) with the same thickness. Can do.
  • the toner image-receiving layer contains at least a thermoplastic resin, and further various additives added for the purpose of improving the thermodynamic properties of the toner image-receiving layer, for example, a release agent, a plasticizer.
  • a release agent for example, a release agent, a plasticizer.
  • a colorant for example, a colorant, a colorant, a filler, a crosslinking agent, a charge control agent, an emulsifier, a dispersant and the like.
  • thermoplastic resin is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose.
  • Acrylic resin polyvinyl acetate or its derivatives
  • Polyamide resin Polyamide resin
  • Polyester resin e.g., ethylene glycol dimethacrylate resin
  • (8) Polyether resin (or Acetal resin), (9) Others And the like may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • styrene resin, acrylic resin, and polyester resin having a large cohesive energy are particularly preferably used from the viewpoint of embedding toner.
  • polyolefin resin of (1) examples include polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene, and copolymer resins of olefins such as ethylene and propylene and other bur monomers.
  • copolymer resin of the olefin and other bulle monomers examples include, for example, an ethylene acetate butyl copolymer, an ionomer resin that is a copolymer of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and the like.
  • polyolefin resin derivative examples include chlorinated polyethylene and chlorosulfone-polyethylene.
  • polystyrene-based resin (2) examples include polystyrene resin, styrene-isobutylene copolymer, acrylonitrile-styrene copolymer (AS resin), acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer (ABS resin), polystyrene. Maleic anhydride and the like.
  • acrylic resin of (3) examples include polyacrylic acid or esters thereof, polymethacrylic acid or esters thereof, polyacrylonitrile, polyacrylamide and the like.
  • Examples of the polyacrylic acid esters include homopolymers and multi-component copolymers of acrylic acid esters.
  • Examples of the ester of acrylic acid include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, n-butyl acrylate, isobutyl acrylate, dodecyl acrylate, n-octyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, and acrylic acid.
  • Examples of the methacrylic acid esters include homopolymers and multi-component copolymers of the methacrylic acid esters.
  • the ester of methacrylic acid For example, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, butyl methacrylate, etc.
  • polyacetate bule or derivative thereof of (4) above examples include, for example, polybute obtained by saponifying polyvinyl acetate and polyacetate bule.
  • examples thereof include polyvinyl acetal resin obtained by reacting alcohol or polybutyl alcohol with an aldehyde (for example, formaldehyde, acetoaldehyde, butyraldehyde, etc.).
  • the polyamide-based resin (5) is a polycondensate of diamine and dibasic acid, and examples thereof include 6-nylon and 6,6-nylon.
  • the polyester resin of the above (6) is produced by condensation polymerization of an acid component and an alcohol component.
  • the acid component is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose.
  • the alcohol component is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose.
  • a divalent alcohol is preferable.
  • the aliphatic diol include ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3 propylene glycol, 1,4 butanediol, neopentyl glycol, 1,4-butenediol, 1, 5 Examples include pentanediol, 1,6 hexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, dipropylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, and polytetremethylene glycol.
  • Examples of bisphenol A alkylene oxide products include polyoxypropylene (2.2) 2,2 bis (4 hydroxyphenol) propane, polyoxypropylene (3.3) -2. , 2 Bis (4 hydroxyphenol) propane, polyoxyethylene (2.0) -2,2 Bis (4hydroxyphenyl) propane, polyoxypropylene (2.0) —Polyoxyethylene (2. 0) — 2,2 Bis (4 hydroxyphenol) propane, polyoxypropylene (6) —2,2 Bis (4-hydroxyphenol) propane and the like can be mentioned.
  • polycarbonate resin (7) bisphenol A and a polycarbonate obtained by phosgene are generally used.
  • polyether resin (or acetal resin) in (8) examples include polyether resins such as polyethylene oxide and polypropylene oxide, and acetal resins such as polyoxymethylene as the ring-opening polymerization system.
  • Examples of the other (9) resin include polyaddition polyurethane resin.
  • thermoplastic resin preferably satisfies the toner image-receiving layer properties described later in the state where the toner image-receiving layer is formed. Even if the resin alone is preferable, the toner image-receiving layer properties described later can be satisfied. It is also preferable to use two or more types of resins having different physical properties of the toner image-receiving layer, which will be described later.
  • the thermoplastic resin preferably has a larger molecular weight than the thermoplastic resin used in the toner.
  • the molecular weight is preferably the above-described molecular weight relationship because of the relationship between the thermodynamic properties of the thermoplastic resin used in the toner and the thermoplastic resin in the toner image-receiving layer.
  • the molecular weight is the same or the thermoplastic resin in the toner-image-receiving layer. It may be preferable to be smaller.
  • thermoplastic resin of the toner image-receiving layer it is also preferable to use a mixture of resins having the same composition and different average molecular weights.
  • the relationship disclosed in JP-A-8-334915 is preferred as the relationship with the molecular weight of the thermoplastic resin used in the toner.
  • the molecular weight distribution of the thermoplastic resin in the toner image-receiving layer is preferably wider than the molecular weight distribution of the thermoplastic resin used in the toner.
  • thermoplastic resin for the toner image-receiving layer JP-A-5-127413, JP-A-8 194394, JP-A-8-334915, JP-A-8-334916, JP-A-9-171265. Those satisfying the physical properties disclosed in JP-A-10-221877 and the like are preferable. [0047]
  • the thermoplastic resin for the toner image-receiving layer is excellent in environmental suitability and work suitability in which (i) organic solvent is not discharged in the coating and drying step. (Ii) Many release agents such as waxes are difficult to dissolve in a solvent at room temperature and are often dispersed in a solvent (water, organic solvent) in advance.
  • the water dispersion form is more stable and more suitable for the manufacturing process. Furthermore, it is easier to obtain the effect of a release agent (offset resistance, adhesion resistance, etc.) in the case of aqueous coating, because the wax is easily bleached on the surface during the coating and drying process. For this reason, water-based resin such as water-dispersible polymer and water-soluble polymer is preferably used.
  • the water-based resin is not particularly limited in terms of its composition, bond structure, molecular structure, molecular weight, molecular weight distribution, morphology, etc., as long as it is either a water-dispersible polymer or a water-soluble polymer.
  • the water-based group of the polymer includes, for example, a sulfonic acid group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an amino group, an amide group, an ether group, and the like.
  • water-dispersible polymer examples include, among the above-mentioned resins, (1) to (9), which are water-dispersed thermoplastic resins, emulsions, copolymers thereof, mixtures, and cation-modified products. It can be selected as appropriate, and two or more can be combined.
  • water-dispersible polymer a suitably synthesized polymer may be used, or a commercially available product may be used.
  • the commercially available products include polyester-based water-dispersible polymers such as Toyobo Co., Ltd.'s Bironal series, Takamatsu Yushi Co., Ltd. Pesresin A series, Kao Corporation's Tufton UE series, Nippon Gosei Co., Ltd.
  • Polyester WR series manufactured by Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • acrylic water-dispersible polymers include Hiros XE, KE, PE series manufactured by Seiko Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. and Jurimer ET series manufactured by Nippon Pure Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • the water-dispersible emulsion is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose.
  • the water-dispersible polyurethane emulsion the water-dispersible polyester emulsifier.
  • examples include a crijon, a vinylidene chloride emulsion, and a methyl methacrylate-butadiene emulsion.
  • water dispersible polyester emulsion is particularly preferable.
  • the water-dispersible polyester emulsion is preferably a self-dispersing water-based polyester emulsion.
  • a carboxyl group-containing self-dispersing water-based polyester emulsion is particularly preferable.
  • the self-dispersing aqueous polyester emulsion means an aqueous emulsion containing a polyester resin that can be self-dispersed in an aqueous solvent without using an emulsifier or the like.
  • the carboxyl group-containing self-dispersing aqueous polyester resin emulsion means an aqueous emulsion containing a polyester resin that contains a carboxyl group as a hydrophilic group and can be self-dispersed in an aqueous solvent.
  • the self-dispersing water-dispersible polyester emulsion preferably satisfies the following characteristics (1) to (4).
  • This is a self-dispersing type that does not use a surfactant, so it suppresses the occurrence of offset during fixing and sheet-to-sheet adhesion failure during storage, with a low decrease in softness point due to moisture with low hygroscopicity even in a high humidity atmosphere. it can.
  • it because it is water-based, it has excellent environmental performance and workability.
  • polyester resin that has a high cohesive energy molecular structure is used, so it has sufficient hardness in the storage environment, but in the fixing process of electrophotography, it becomes a low elastic (low viscosity) molten state, Toner can be embedded in the image receiving layer to achieve sufficient image quality.
  • Number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 5,000 to 10,000 force, more preferably 5,000 to 7,000 force.
  • the molecular weight distribution (weight average molecular weight Z number average molecular weight) is preferably 4 or less, more preferably Mw / M n ⁇ 3.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) is preferably 40 to 100 ° C, more preferably 50 to 80 ° C.
  • the volume average particle size is preferably 20 to 200 nm, more preferably 40 to 150 nm.
  • the content of the water-dispersible emulsion in the toner image-receiving layer is 10 to 90 mass
  • the water-soluble polymer is special if the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is 400,000 or less.
  • Mw weight average molecular weight
  • polyvinyl alcohol, carboxy-modified polyvinylinoreconole examples thereof include carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, cellulose sulfate, polyethylene oxide, gelatin, cationized starch, casein, sodium polyacrylate, styrene-maleic anhydride copolymer sodium, and sodium polystyrene sulfonate. Of these, polyethylene oxide is preferred.
  • water-soluble polymer Commercially available products of the water-soluble polymer include water-soluble polyesters as various plus coats manufactured by Kairai Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., Finetex ES series manufactured by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, and Nippon Pure Chemical Co., Ltd. as water-soluble acrylics. Jurimer AT series manufactured by Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc. Finetex 6161, K-96; HIROS NL-1189, BH-997L manufactured by Seiko Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • water-soluble polymer examples include Research 'Disclosure 17, 643, page 26, Research' Disclosure 18, 716, page 651, Research 'Disclosure 307, 105, pages 873-874, and JP — The power S described in the 13546 gazette.
  • the content of the water-soluble polymer in the toner image-receiving layer can be appropriately selected according to the purpose without particular limitation, and is preferably 0.5 to 2 gZm2.
  • thermoplastic resin can be used in combination with other polymer materials, but in that case, the thermoplastic resin is generally used in such a manner that its content is larger than that of other polymer materials.
  • the content of the thermoplastic resin for the toner image-receiving layer in the toner image-receiving layer is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and more preferably 50% by mass or more. Mass% is particularly preferred.
  • the release agent is combined with the toner image receiving layer in order to prevent offset of the toner image receiving layer.
  • the release agent used in the present invention is heated and melted at a fixing temperature, and is deposited on the surface of the toner image receiving layer, unevenly distributed on the surface of the toner image receiving layer, and further cooled and solidified to be used as a toner image receiving layer. If it forms a layer of release agent on the surface, the type is In particular, the limitation can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose.
  • release agent examples include at least one selected from silicone compounds, fluorine compounds, waxes, and matting agent power.
  • mold release agent for example, compounds described in Sekishobo "Revised Wax Properties and Applications", published by Nikkan Kogyo Shimbun Co., Ltd., Silicone Knowbook can be used.
  • JP-A-6 119514, JP-A-6-59502, JP-A-6-161150, JP-A-6-175396, JP-A-6-219040, JP-A-6
  • JP-A-6-295093 JP-A-7-36210, JP-A-7-43940, JP-A-7-56387, JP-A-7-56390, JP-A-7-64335, JP-A-7- 19 9681, JP-A-7-223362, JP-A-7-287413, JP-A-8-184992, JP-A-8-227180, JP-A-8-248671, JP-A-8-248799, JP-A-8- 248801, JP-A-8-278663, JP-A-9-152739, JP-A-9-160278, JP-A-9-185181, JP-A-9 319139, JP-A-9 319143, JP-A-10
  • JP-A-10-48889, JP-A-10-198069, JP-A-10-207116, JP-A-11-2917, JP-A-11-44969, JP-A-11-65156, JP-A-11 Silicone compounds, fluorine compounds, and waxes that are used in the toners described in JP-A No. 73049 and JP-A-11-194542 can also be preferably used. A combination of these compounds can also be used.
  • silicone compound examples include silicone oil, silicone rubber, silicone fine particles, silicone-modified resin, reactive silicone compound, and the like.
  • silicone oil examples include non-modified silicone oil, amino-modified silicone oil, carboxy-modified silicone oil, carbinol-modified silicone oil, bur-modified silicone oil, epoxy-modified silicone oil, polyether-modified silicone oil, and silanol.
  • Modified silicone oil, methacrylic modified silicone oil, Mel Examples include capto-modified silicone oil, alcohol-modified silicone oil, alkyl-modified silicone oil, and fluorine-modified silicone oil.
  • silicone-modified resin examples include olefin resin, polyester resin, beer resin, polyamide resin, cellulose resin, phenoxy resin, salt butyl monoacetate resin, urethane resin, Examples thereof include acrylic resins, styrene-acrylic resins, and resins obtained by modifying these copolymer resins with silicone.
  • the fluorine compound is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose. Examples thereof include fluorine oil, fluorine rubber, fluorine-modified resin, fluorine sulfonic acid compound, fluorosulfonic acid, fluorine Examples thereof include an acid compound or a salt thereof, and an inorganic fluoride.
  • the wax can be roughly classified into a natural wax and a synthetic wax.
  • natural waxes plant-based waxes, animal-based waxes, mineral-based waxes, and at least one selected from oil-based wax power are preferred among these, and plant-based nuts are particularly preferable.
  • a water-dispersed wax is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of compatibility when an aqueous resin is used as the polymer for the toner image-receiving layer.
  • the plant-based wax can be appropriately selected from publicly known medium strengths that are not particularly limited, and may be a commercial product or an appropriately synthesized product.
  • Examples of the plant-based potato include carnauba wax, castor oil, rapeseed oil, soybean oil, wood wax, cotton wax, rice wax, sugarcane wax, candelilla wax, Japan wax, jojoba oil and the like.
  • Examples of the commercial products of the carnauba wax include EMUS TAR-0413 manufactured by Nippon Seiki Co., Ltd., Cellozol 524 manufactured by Chukyo Yushi Co., Ltd., and the like.
  • Examples of commercially available castor oil include refined castor oil manufactured by Ito Oil Co., Ltd.
  • an electrophotographic material capable of forming a high-quality image that is excellent in offset resistance, adhesion resistance, paper passing property, glossiness, and hardly cracks.
  • Carnauba wax with a point of 70-95 ° C is particularly preferred.
  • the animal waxes can be appropriately selected from known, non-restricted, medium strengths such as beeswax, lanolin, spermaceti, stew (whale oil), and woolen cocoons.
  • the mineral wax is appropriately selected from known medium strengths that are not particularly limited. It may be a commercial product or may be appropriately synthesized. Examples include montan wax, montan ester wax, ozokerite, and ceresin. Among these, in particular, it is possible to provide an electrophotographic material capable of forming a high-quality image that is excellent in offset resistance, adhesion resistance, paper passing property, glossiness, and hardly cracks. Montan wax having a point of 70 to 95 ° C is particularly preferred.
  • the petroleum wax may be appropriately selected from publicly known intermediate forces that are not particularly limited, and may be a commercially available product or an appropriately synthesized product. For example, norafine wax, microcrystalline wax, petrolatum and the like can be mentioned.
  • the content in the toner image-receiving layer of the natural waxes, 0. l ⁇ 4g / m 2 is rather preferred, preferably from 0. 2 ⁇ 2g / m 2 force! / ⁇ .
  • the melting point of the natural wax is, in particular, from the viewpoint of offset resistance and paper passing properties.
  • the synthetic wax is classified into synthetic hydrocarbons, modified waxes, hydrogenated waxes, and other oil-based synthetic waxes. These waxes are preferably water-dispersed waxes from the viewpoint of compatibility when an aqueous thermoplastic resin is used as the thermoplastic resin of the toner image-receiving layer.
  • Examples of the synthetic hydrocarbon include Fischer-Tropsch wax, polyethylene tuss, and the like.
  • oil-based synthetic wax examples include acid amide compounds (for example, stearic acid amide), acid imide compounds (for example, phthalic anhydride imide), and the like.
  • the modified wax is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose.
  • Examples thereof include amine-modified wax, acrylic acid-modified wax, fluorine-modified wax, olefin-modified wax, urethane type wax, alcohol type wax and the like.
  • the hydrogenated wax is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. Examples thereof include hydrogenated castor oil, castor oil derivatives, stearic acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, Palmitic acid, behenic acid, sebacic acid, undecylenic acid, heptylic acid, maleic acid, highly maleated oil, and the like.
  • the melting point of the release agent is preferably from 70 to 95 ° C, more preferably from 75 to 90 ° C, particularly from the viewpoint of offset resistance and paper passing properties.
  • release agent added to the toner image-receiving layer derivatives, oxides, purified products, and mixtures thereof can also be used. They also have reactive substituents.
  • the content of the release agent is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass force S, more preferably 0.3 to 8.0% by mass, based on the mass of the toner image-receiving layer. More preferably, 0% by mass.
  • the content is less than 0.1% by mass, the offset resistance and the adhesion resistance may be insufficient.
  • the content exceeds 10% by mass, the amount of the release agent is excessively large. The image quality of S may decrease.
  • plasticizer a known plasticizer for resin having no particular limitation can be appropriately selected according to the purpose.
  • the plasticizer has a function of adjusting the flow or flexibility of the toner image-receiving layer by heat or pressure when fixing the toner.
  • plasticizers include “Chemical Handbook” (edited by the Chemical Society of Japan, Maruzen), “Plasticizers Theory and Application 1” (edited by Koichi Murai, Koshobo), “Research on plasticizers” "(Polymer Chemical Society),” Handbook Rubber 'Plastic Compounded Chemicals "(Rubber Digest Co., Ltd.), etc.
  • the plasticizer may be described as a high-boiling organic solvent, a thermal solvent, or the like.
  • 1S For example, JP 59-83154, JP 59-178451, JP 59- 178453, JP 59-178454, JP 59-178455, JP 59-178457, JP 62-174754, JP 62-245253, JP 61-209444 JP-A-61-200538, JP-A-62-8145, JP-A-62-9348, JP-A-62-30247, JP-A-62-136646, JP-A-2-235694, etc.
  • Esters such as those described in each publication (for example, phthalic acid esters, phosphoric acid esters, fatty acid esters, abietic acid esters, adipic acid esters, sebacic acid esters, Acid esters, benzoic acid esters, butyric acid esters, epoxidized fatty acid esters, glycolic acid esters, propionic acid esters, trimellitic acid esters, citrate esters, sulfonic acid esters, carvone Acid esters, succinic esters, maleates, fumarates, phthalates, stearates, etc.), amides (e.g. fatty acid amides, sulfoamides, etc.), ethers, alcohols , Latatones, polyethyleneoxy compounds and the like.
  • amides e.g. fatty acid amides, sulfoamides, etc.
  • ethers e.g. fatty acid amides, sulfoamides, etc.
  • plasticizers can be used by mixing with cocoa butter.
  • the plasticizer a polymer having a relatively low molecular weight can be used.
  • the molecular weight of the plasticizer is lower than the molecular weight of the binder resin to be plasticized, the preferred molecular weight is preferably 15,000 or less, and more preferably 5,000 or less.
  • the polymer is preferably the same type as the binder resin to be plasticized.
  • low molecular weight polyester is preferable for the plasticity of polyester resin.
  • oligomers can also be used as plasticizers.
  • Ade force sizer PN-170, PN-1430 (all manufactured by Asahi Denka Kogyo Co., Ltd.), PARAPLEX-G-25, G-30 G-40 (all manufactured by CP HALL), ester gum 8L—JA, ester R—95, Pentalin 4851, FK115, 4820, 830, Louisol 28—JA, Picorastic A75, Picotex LC, Crystallex 3085 ( , The gap is also made by Hercules Co., Ltd.)
  • the plasticizer includes stress and strain generated when toner particles are embedded in the toner image receiving layer (physical strain such as elastic force and viscosity, strain due to material balance such as molecules, binder main chain, and pendant portion). Etc.) can be optionally used to relax.
  • the plasticizer may be in a micro-dispersed state in the toner image-receiving layer, in a micro-phase-separated state in a sea-island shape, or in a sufficiently mixed and dissolved state with other components such as a binder. .
  • the content of the plasticizer in the toner image-receiving layer is preferably from 0.001 to 90% by mass, more preferably from 0.1 to 60% by mass, and even more preferably from 1 to 40% by mass.
  • the plasticizer is used for adjusting the smoothness (improving transportability by reducing the frictional force) and fixing unit offset. It may be used for the purpose of improving the toner (peeling of the toner or the layer to the fixing portion), adjusting the curl balance, and adjusting the charging (forming the toner electrostatic image).
  • the colorant is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, and examples thereof include a fluorescent brightener, a white pigment, a colored pigment, and a dye.
  • the fluorescent brightening agent can be appropriately selected from known compounds that are not particularly limited as long as they are known compounds that absorb in the near ultraviolet region and emit fluorescence at 400 to 500 nm.
  • K. VeenRataraman Preferred examples include the compounds described in ed. Fhe Chemistry of Synthetic Dyes' V 8.
  • the fluorescent whitening agent may be a commercially available product or a compound synthesized as appropriate. For example, a stilbene compound, a coumarin compound, a biphenyl compound, a benzoxazoline compound , Naphthalimide compounds, pyrazoline compounds, carbostyryl compounds, and the like.
  • Examples of the commercially available products include white full fur PSN, PHR, HCS, PCS, B (all manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), UVITEX-OB (manufactured by Ciba-Geigy), and the like.
  • the white pigment can be appropriately selected according to the purpose from known ones that are not particularly limited.
  • inorganic pigments such as titanium oxide and calcium carbonate can be used.
  • the colored pigment can be appropriately selected from known ones that are not particularly limited, depending on the purpose. For example, various pigments and dyes described in JP-A-63-44653, etc. Zo pigment, polycyclic pigment, condensed polycyclic pigment, lake pigment, carbon black and the like.
  • azo pigment examples include azo lake (for example, Carmine 6B, Red 2B, etc.), insoluble azo pigment (for example, monoazo yellow, disazo yellow, pyrazo mouth orange, balkan orange, etc.), condensed azo pigment (for example, chromophthalate). Yellow, chromophthaled red) and the like.
  • azo lake for example, Carmine 6B, Red 2B, etc.
  • insoluble azo pigment for example, monoazo yellow, disazo yellow, pyrazo mouth orange, balkan orange, etc.
  • condensed azo pigment for example, chromophthalate. Yellow, chromophthaled red
  • polycyclic pigment examples include phthalocyanine pigments such as copper phthalocyanine blue and copper phthalocyanine green.
  • condensed polycyclic pigment examples include dioxazine pigments (for example, dioxazine bio , Etc.), isoindolinone pigments (for example, isoindolinone yellow), selenium pigments, perylene pigments, perinone pigments, and thioindigo pigments.
  • dioxazine pigments for example, dioxazine bio , Etc.
  • isoindolinone pigments for example, isoindolinone yellow
  • selenium pigments for example, perylene pigments, perinone pigments, and thioindigo pigments.
  • lake pigment examples include malachite green, rhodamine B, rhodamine G, and vitamin tria blue B.
  • the inorganic pigment examples include oxides (for example, titanium dioxide, bengara, etc.) sulfates (for example, precipitated barium sulfate), carbonates (for example, precipitated calcium carbonate), oxalates (for example, water-containing materials) Succinate, anhydrous succinate, etc.), metal powders (for example, aluminum powder, bronze powder, zinc dust, yellow lead, and bitumen).
  • oxides for example, titanium dioxide, bengara, etc.
  • sulfates for example, precipitated barium sulfate
  • carbonates for example, precipitated calcium carbonate
  • oxalates for example, water-containing materials
  • Succinate anhydrous succinate, etc.
  • metal powders for example, aluminum powder, bronze powder, zinc dust, yellow lead, and bitumen.
  • the dye can be appropriately selected from known ones without particular limitations according to the purpose, and examples thereof include anthraquinone compounds and azo compounds. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • water-insoluble dyes include vat dyes, disperse dyes, and oil-soluble dyes.
  • vat dye include CI Vat Violet 1, CI Vat Violet 2, CI Vat Violet 9, CI Vat Violet 13, CI Vat Violet 21, CI Vat Blue 1, CI Vat Blue 3, CI Vat Blue 4, CI Vat Blue 6, CI Vat Blue 14, CI Vat Blue 20, CI Vat Blue 35, etc.
  • disperse dyes include C. I. Days Spurs Violet 1, C. I. Days Spurs Violet 4, C. I. Days Spurs Violet 10, C. I. Days Spurs Blue 3, C. I. Days Spurs Blue 7, C. I. Days Spurs Blue 58, and the like.
  • oil-soluble dye include CI Solvent Violet 13, CI Solvent Violet 14, CI Solvent Violet 21, CI Solvent Violet 27, CI Solvent Blue 11, CI Solvent Blue 12, CI Solvent Blue 25, CI Solvent Blue 55, Etc.
  • a colored coupler used in silver salt photography can also be suitably used.
  • the content in the toner image-receiving layer is preferably is 0. l ⁇ 8g / m 2 fixture 0. 5 ⁇ 5g / m 2 is more preferable.
  • the content of the colorant is less than 0.1 lgZm 2
  • the light transmittance in the toner image-receiving layer When it exceeds 8 g / m 2 , handling properties such as cracking and adhesion resistance may be inferior.
  • the amount of the pigment added is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass based on the mass of the thermoplastic resin constituting the toner image-receiving layer. The following is more preferable.
  • Examples of the filler include organic or inorganic fillers, and known reinforcing agents, fillers, and reinforcing materials for binder resin can be used.
  • known reinforcing agents, fillers, and reinforcing materials for binder resin can be used.
  • Refer to “Handbook Rubber 'Plastic Compounding Chemicals” (edited by Rubber Digest Co., Ltd.), “New Plastic Plastic Compounding Basics and Applications” (Taisei), “Fila I Handbook” (Taisei), etc. Can be selected.
  • an inorganic filler or an inorganic pigment can be used as the filler.
  • the inorganic filler or inorganic pigment include silica, alumina, titanium dioxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, mica-like iron oxide, white lead, lead oxide, nickel oxide, strontium chromate, molybdenum. Pigments, smectite, magnesium oxide, calcium carbonate, calcium carbonate, mullite and the like. Of these, silica and alumina are particularly preferable. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the filler one having a small particle size is preferable. If the particle size is large, the surface of the toner image-receiving layer tends to be roughened.
  • the silica includes spherical silica and amorphous silica.
  • the silica can be synthesized by a dry method, a wet method, or an air-mouth gel method.
  • the surface of the hydrophobic silica particles may be surface-treated with a trimethylsilyl group or silicone.
  • colloidal silica is preferable.
  • the silica is preferably porous.
  • the alumina includes anhydrous alumina and alumina hydrate.
  • 8, ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , 7 ?, ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , or c can be used, and alumina hydrate is preferable to anhydrous alumina.
  • alumina hydrate monohydrate or trihydrate can be used.
  • the monohydrate includes pseudo boehmite, boehmite and diaspore.
  • the trihydrate includes dibsite and bayerite.
  • the alumina is preferably porous.
  • the alumina hydrate can be synthesized by a sol-gel method in which ammonia is precipitated in an aluminum salt solution or by a method of hydrolyzing an alkali aluminate.
  • the anhydrous alumina can be obtained by dehydrating alumina hydrate by heating.
  • the addition amount of the filler is preferably 5 to 2,000 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the dry mass of the binder of the toner image-receiving layer.
  • the crosslinking agent can be blended in order to adjust the storage stability, thermoplasticity, and the like of the toner image-receiving layer.
  • a compound having two or more epoxy groups, isocyanate groups, aldehyde groups, active halogen groups, active methylene groups, acetylene groups and other known reactive groups in the molecule as reactive groups is used.
  • cross-linking agent a compound having two or more groups capable of forming a bond by a hydrogen bond, an ionic bond, a coordinate bond, or the like can be used.
  • cross-linking agent for example, known compounds can be used as a coupling agent, a curing agent, a polymerization agent, a polymerization accelerator, a coagulant, a film-forming agent, a film-forming auxiliary, and the like.
  • the coupling agent include chlorosilanes, bursilanes, epoxy silanes, aminosilanes, alkoxyaluminum chelates, titanate coupling agents and the like, and “Handbook Rubber'Plastic Compounding Chemicals” (Rubber Digest Co., Ltd.). Ed.) Can be used.
  • the toner image receiving layer preferably contains a charge adjusting agent in order to adjust the transfer or adhesion of the toner or to prevent the toner image receiving layer from being charged and adhered.
  • the charge control agent is not particularly limited, and various conventionally known charge control agents can be appropriately used depending on the purpose.
  • a cationic surfactant an anionic surfactant, an amphoteric surfactant
  • surfactants such as nonionic surfactants, polymer electrolytes, conductive metal oxides, and the like can be used.
  • Specific examples include quaternary ammonium salts, polyamine derivatives, cationic antistatic agents such as cation-modified polymethyl metatalylate and cation-modified polystyrene, alkyl phosphates, and key-ons such as cation-based polymers.
  • Nonionic antistatic agents such as antistatic agents, fatty acid esters, and polyethylene oxide.
  • Examples of the conductive metal oxide include ZnO, TiO, SnO, Al 2 O, In 2 O, Si
  • MgO, BaO, MoO, etc. can be mentioned. These can be used alone.
  • the conductive metal oxide may further contain (doping) a different element.
  • a different element For example, Zn, Al, In, etc. ZnO, Nb, T
  • SnO can contain (doping) Sb, Nb, halogen elements, etc.
  • the material that can be used for the toner image-receiving layer may contain various additives for improving the stability of the output image and improving the stability of the toner image-receiving layer itself.
  • the additive include various known antioxidants, anti-aging agents, deterioration inhibitors, ozone deterioration inhibitors, ultraviolet absorbers, metal complexes, light stabilizers, antiseptics, fungicides, and the like. It is done.
  • the antioxidant can be appropriately selected according to the purpose without any particular limitation.
  • chroman compound coumaran compound, phenol compound (eg, hindered phenol), no, idroquinone.
  • phenol compound eg, hindered phenol
  • derivatives hindered amine derivatives, and spiroindane compounds.
  • the above-mentioned anti-oxidation agent is described in JP-A 61-159644.
  • the anti-aging agent can be appropriately selected according to the purpose for which there is no particular limitation.
  • "Handbook Rubber 'Plastic Compounding Chemicals Revised 2nd Edition” (1993, Rubber Digest Corporation) p76-121 The thing of description is mentioned.
  • the ultraviolet absorber can be appropriately selected according to the purpose without any particular limitation, and examples thereof include benzotriazole compounds (see US Pat. No. 3,533,794), 4-thiazolidone Examples include compounds (see U.S. Pat. No. 3,526,811), benzophenone compounds (see JP-A 46-2784), and UV-absorbing polymers (see JP-A 62-260152).
  • the metal complex can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose without any particular limitation.
  • JP-A-63-199248, JP-A-1-75568 and JP-A-1-74272 are suitable.
  • UV absorbers and light stabilizers described in "Handbook Rubber'Plastic Compounding Chemicals Revised 2nd Edition” (1993, Rubber Digest Co., Ltd.) p 122-137 can also be suitably used.
  • RD Research Disclosure Journal
  • RD No. 17643 December 1978
  • RD No. 18716 June 1979
  • RD No. 307105 September
  • the toner image-receiving layer is provided by applying a coating solution containing the thermoplastic resin for toner image-receiving layer on the support with a wire coater or the like and drying.
  • the minimum film forming temperature (MFT) of the thermoplastic resin is preferably 100 ° C. or lower for fixing toner particles, which is preferably room temperature or higher for storage before printing.
  • the coating weight of the toner image-receiving layer after drying is, for example, preferably 1 to 20 gZm 2, more preferably 4 to 15 g / m 2 ! / ⁇ .
  • the thickness of the toner image-receiving layer can be appropriately selected according to the purpose for which there is no particular limitation.
  • the thickness of the toner used is preferably 1 to 3 times the particle diameter of the toner, and the thickness is 1 to 3 times. More specifically, 1-50 / ⁇ ⁇ is preferred 1-30 / ⁇ ⁇ is more preferred 2- 20 ⁇ m force is more preferred, 5-15 ⁇ m force is particularly preferred! / ⁇ .
  • the toner image-receiving layer has a 180 ° peel strength at a fixing temperature with the fixing member of preferably 0.1 NZ 25 mm or less, more preferably 0.041 NZ 25 mm or less.
  • the 180 degree peel strength can be measured in accordance with the method described in JIS K6887 using the surface material of the fixing member.
  • the toner image receiving layer preferably has a high whiteness.
  • the whiteness is preferably 85% or more as measured by the method defined in JIS P 8123.
  • the spectral reflectance is preferably 85% or more in the wavelength range of ⁇ 640 nm, and the difference between the maximum spectral reflectance and the minimum spectral reflectance in the same wavelength region is preferably within 5%.
  • 400 ⁇ ! The spectral reflectance is preferably 85% or more in the wavelength range of ⁇ 700 nm, and the difference between the maximum spectral reflectance and the minimum spectral reflectance in the same wavelength region is more preferably within 5%.
  • the L * value is preferably 80 or more, more preferably 85 or more, and still more preferably 90 or more.
  • the white color is preferably as neutral as possible.
  • the value of (a *) 2 + (b *) 2 is preferably 50 or less, more preferably 18 or less, and even more preferably 5 or less.
  • the toner image-receiving layer preferably has high gloss after image formation.
  • As the glossiness in all areas up to the maximum density of black with white power without toner, 60 degrees or more is preferable for 45 degree luminous intensity, more preferably 90 or more, more preferably 75 or more.
  • the glossiness is preferably 110 or less. If it exceeds 110, it becomes a metallic luster and is not preferable as an image quality.
  • the glossiness can be measured based on, for example, JIS Z8741.
  • the toner image-receiving layer preferably has high smoothness after fixing.
  • the smoothness in all areas from white to the maximum density of black with no toner, the arithmetic average roughness (Ra) is preferably 3 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 1 ⁇ m or less. Preferred is 0.5 m or less.
  • the arithmetic average roughness can be measured based on, for example, JIS B0601, JIS B0651, JIS B0652.
  • the toner image-receiving layer has physical properties of all items more preferably having physical properties of a plurality of items, preferably having physical properties of one item in the following items. .
  • the Tm (melting temperature) of the toner image-receiving layer is preferably 30 ° C or more, and preferably Tm + 20 ° C or less.
  • the temperature at which the toner image-receiving layer has a viscosity of 1 ⁇ 10 5 cp is preferably 40 ° C. or higher and lower than that of the preferred toner.
  • the loss tangent (G "ZG,) which is the ratio of the loss elastic modulus (G") at the fixing temperature of the toner image-receiving layer and the storage elastic modulus (G '), is preferably 0.01 to 10.
  • the storage elastic modulus (G ′) at the fixing temperature of the toner image-receiving layer is preferably ⁇ 50 to +2500 with respect to the storage elastic modulus (G ′) at the fixing temperature of the toner.
  • the inclination angle of the molten toner on the toner image-receiving layer is preferably 50 ° or less, more preferably 40 ° or less.
  • the toner image-receiving layer satisfies the physical properties disclosed in Japanese Patent No. 2788358, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 7-248637, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 8-305067, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-239889, etc. Is preferred.
  • the surface electrical resistance of the toner image-receiving layer is preferably in the range of 1 ⁇ 10 6 to 1 ⁇ 10 15 ⁇ 2 (under the condition of 25 ° C.—65% RH).
  • the toner image may have a low toner density when the toner is transferred to the toner image-receiving layer. ⁇ 10 15 ⁇ ⁇ . If it exceeds ⁇ 2 , an unnecessarily large charge is generated at the time of transfer, the toner is not sufficiently transferred, and electrostatic charges are easily deposited during the handling of the electrophotographic material having a low image density. Misfeeds, double feeds, discharge marks, toner transfer defects, etc. may occur during copying.
  • the surface electrical resistance is in accordance with JIS K6911, the sample is conditioned at a temperature of 20 ° C and a humidity of 65% for 8 hours or more, and R8340 manufactured by Advantest Corporation is used in the same environment. It can be obtained by measuring the voltage after applying it for 1 minute under the condition of an applied voltage of 100V.
  • Examples of the other layers in the electrophotographic material include a surface protective layer, a back layer, an adhesion improving layer, an intermediate layer, an undercoat layer, a cushion layer, a charge control (prevention) layer, a reflection layer, a color adjustment layer, and storage. Examples thereof include a property improving layer, an adhesion preventing layer, an anti-curl layer, and a smoothing layer. These layers may have a single layer structure or may be composed of two or more layers.
  • the surface protective layer is used for the purpose of protecting the surface of the electrophotographic material, improving storability, improving handleability, imparting writing properties, improving instrument passability, imparting anti-offset properties, etc. It can be provided on the surface of the layer.
  • the surface protective layer may be a single layer or may have a layer strength of two or more layers.
  • various thermoplastic resins, thermosetting resins and the like can be used as a binder, and it is preferable to use the same type of resin as the toner image receiving layer.
  • the thermodynamic characteristics, electrostatic characteristics, etc. can be optimized without having to be the same as that of the toner image-receiving layer.
  • the surface protective layer may contain the various additives described above that can be used for the toner image-receiving layer.
  • the surface protective layer can be blended with other additives such as a matting agent in addition to the release agent used in the present invention.
  • the matting agent includes various known ones.
  • the outermost surface layer in the electrophotographic material (for example, a surface protective layer when a surface protective layer is formed) preferably has good compatibility with the toner from the viewpoint of fixability.
  • the contact angular force with the melted toner is preferably, for example, 0 to 40 degrees.
  • the back layer is provided on the opposite side of the toner image-receiving layer with respect to the support for the purpose of imparting back surface output suitability, improving back surface output image quality, improving curl balance, and improving device passability. Is preferred.
  • the color of the back layer is not particularly limited, but the electrophotographic material is also printed on the back surface.
  • the back layer is preferably also white.
  • the whiteness and spectral reflectance are preferably 85% or more, as with the surface.
  • the structure of the knock layer may be the same as that of the toner image receiving layer side.
  • Various additives described above can be used for the knock layer. As such an additive, it is particularly suitable to add a matting agent, a charge adjusting agent, or the like.
  • the knock layer may have a single layer structure or a laminated structure of two or more layers.
  • the knock layer may be oil absorbing.
  • the thickness of the back layer is usually preferably from 0.1 to LO / z m.
  • Adhesion improving layer etc.
  • the adhesion improving layer is preferably formed for the purpose of improving the adhesion between the support and the toner image-receiving layer in the electrophotographic material.
  • the above-mentioned various additives can be blended in the adhesion improving layer, and it is particularly preferable to blend a crosslinking agent.
  • the electrophotographic material of the present invention preferably further comprises a cushion layer or the like between the adhesion improving layer and the toner image receiving layer in order to improve toner acceptability.
  • the intermediate layer is formed, for example, between the support and the adhesion improving layer, between the adhesion improving layer and the cushion layer, between the cushion layer and the toner image receiving layer, and between the toner image receiving layer and the storage stability improving layer.
  • the intermediate layer can be present, for example, between the support and the toner image-receiving layer.
  • the thickness of the electrophotographic material of the present invention is a force that can be appropriately selected according to the purpose for which there is no particular limitation. For example, 50 to 550 m force S is preferable, and 100 to 350 m force S is more preferable. Better ,.
  • the electrophotographic material of the present invention is used by allowing the toner image receiving layer to receive toner during printing or copying.
  • the toner contains at least a binder resin and a colorant, and if necessary, It contains a release agent and other components.
  • the binder resin can be appropriately selected according to the purpose from those used in ordinary toners without any particular restrictions.
  • styrenes such as styrene and chlorostyrene; burenaphthalene, Bull esters such as butyl chloride, bromide, fluoride, acetate, propionate, benzoate and butyrate; methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, n-butyl acrylate, isobutyl acrylate, acrylic acid Methylene aliphatic carboxylic acid esters such as dodecyl, n-octyl acrylate, 2-chloroethyl acrylate, phenyl acrylate, methyl chloroacrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, butyl methacrylate; acrylonitrile, methacryl Mouth-tolyl, acrylamide, etc.
  • Butyl compounds such as butyl methyl ether, butyl ether ether, butyl isobutyl ether; ⁇ bur pyrrole, ⁇ vinylcarbazole, ⁇ bur indole, ⁇ vinyl pyrrolidone, etc. ⁇ ⁇ butyl compounds; methacrylic acid, acrylic A homopolymer of a bull monomer such as a bull carboxylic acid such as acid or cinnamic acid or a copolymer thereof, and various polyesters can be used, and various waxes can be used in combination.
  • the colorant is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose from those used in normal toners, such as carbon black, chrome yellow, hansa yellow, benzine yellow, slen yellow, quinoline yellow. , Permenento Range GTR, Pyrazolone Orange, Nolecan Orange, Watch Young Red, Permanent Red, Brilliantamine 3B, Brilliantamine 6B, Dupont Oil Red, Pyrazolone Red, Risonorred Red, Rhodamine B Lake, Lake Red C, Rose Benganore , Ryuji Phosphorus Blue, Ultramarine Blue, Calco Oil Blue, Methylene Blue Mouth Ride, Phthalocyan Blue, Phthalocyan Green, Malachite Green Oxalate, etc.
  • Atalidine xanthene, azo, benzoquinone, Gin, anthraquinone, thioindico, dioxazine, thiazine, azomethine, indico, thioindico, phthalocyanine, aniline black, polymethine, triphenylmethane, diphenylmethane, thiazine, thiazole, xanthene And various dyes.
  • colorants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the colorant is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, and is preferably in the range of 2 to 8% by mass. When the content of the colorant is less than 2% by mass, the coloring power may be weakened, and when it exceeds 8% by mass, the transparency may be impaired.
  • the release agent is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose from those used in normal toners.
  • a relatively low molecular weight high crystalline polyethylene wax, Fischer-Tropsch wax is used.
  • polar waxes containing nitrogen such as amide waxes and compounds having urethane bonds are particularly effective.
  • the molecular weight of the polyethylene wax is preferably 1,000 or less, more preferably from 300 to 1,000 forces.
  • the compound having a urethane bond is preferable because even if it has a low molecular weight, the solid state can be maintained and the melting point can be set high for the molecular weight due to the strength of cohesive force due to the polar group.
  • a preferable range of the molecular weight is 300 to 1,000.
  • the raw materials are a combination of diisocyanate compounds and monoalcohols, a combination of monoisocyanic acid and monoalcohol, a combination of dialcohols and monoisocyanic acid, a combination of trialcohols and monoisocyanic acid, Various combinations such as combinations of triisocyanate compounds and monoalcohols can be selected, but in order not to increase the molecular weight, combinations of polyfunctional and monofunctional groups are combined. It is preferable that the amount of functional groups be equal.
  • Examples of the monoisocyanate compound include dodecyl isocyanate, phenol and its derivatives, naphthyl isocyanate, hexyl isocyanate, benzyl isocyanate, butyl isocyanate, allylic isocyanate and the like. Is mentioned.
  • diisocyanate compound examples include, for example, tolylene diisocyanate, diisocyanate 4, 4, diphenol methane, toluene diisocyanate, diisocyanate 1, 3 phenol, Examples include hexamethylene diisocyanate, 4-methyl m-phenolene diisocyanate, and isophorone disoocyanate.
  • Examples of the monoalcohol include methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, pentanol, hexanol, heptanol and the like.
  • dialcohols examples include numerous glycols such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, and trimethylene glycol; examples of the trial alcohols include trimethylolpropane, triethylolpropane, and trimethanolethane.
  • urethane composites can be used as a kneaded and pulverized toner by mixing with a resin and a colorant at the time of kneading, as in a normal release agent. Further, when used in the above emulsion polymerization aggregation melting toner, it is dispersed in water together with an ionic surfactant, a polymer electrolyte such as a polymer acid or a polymer base, and heated to a temperature equal to or higher than the melting point, It can be made into fine particles by applying strong shear with a pressure discharge type disperser, and a release agent particle dispersion of 1 ⁇ m or less can be prepared and used together with a resin particle dispersion, a colorant dispersion and the like.
  • an internal additive for example, a magnetic material such as a metal such as ferrite, magnetite, reduced iron, cobalt, nickel, manganese, an alloy, or a compound containing these metals can be used.
  • charge control agent for example, a quaternary ammonium salt compound, a niggincin compound, a dye having a complex power such as aluminum, iron or chromium, or a triphenylmethane pigment is usually used.
  • a quaternary ammonium salt compound for example, a niggincin compound, a dye having a complex power such as aluminum, iron or chromium, or a triphenylmethane pigment is usually used.
  • Various charge control agents can be used.
  • a material that is difficult to dissolve in water is preferable because it controls the ionic strength that affects the stability during agglomeration and melting, and reduces the contamination of wastewater.
  • the inorganic fine particles for example, all external additives on the toner surface such as silica, alumina, titer, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, tricalcium phosphate, etc. can be generally used, and they are used at the ionic interface. It is preferable to use it dispersed with an activator, polymer acid or polymer base.
  • surfactants can be used for emulsion polymerization, seed polymerization, pigment dispersion, resin particle dispersion, release agent dispersion, aggregation, and their stability.
  • nonionic surfactants such as polyethylene glycol, alkylphenol ethylene oxide adducts, and polyhydric alcohols in combination.
  • a general means such as a rotary shear type homogenizer, a ball mill having media, a sand mill, a dyno mill, or the like can be used.
  • An external additive may be further added to the toner as necessary.
  • the external additive include inorganic particles and organic particles.
  • the inorganic particles include SiO, TiO, AlO, CuO, ZnO, SnO, FeO, MgO, BaO, CaO, K0, Na0, and Z.
  • organic particles examples include fatty acids or derivatives thereof.
  • powders of these metal salts, etc. rosin powders such as fluorine-based resin, polyethylene resin, and acrylic resin can be used.
  • the average particle size of these particles is, for example, 0.01 to 5 111 particles, more preferably 0.1 to 2 / ⁇ ⁇ .
  • the method for producing the toner can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose without any particular limitation.
  • the aggregated particle dispersion is formed by forming aggregated particles in a dispersion obtained by dispersing the resin particles.
  • a step of preparing (ii) a step of adding and mixing a fine particle dispersion in which fine particles are dispersed in the aggregated particle dispersion and attaching the fine particles to the aggregated particles to form attached particles, and (iii) It is preferable that the toner is manufactured by a toner manufacturing method including the step of heating and fusing the adhered particles to form toner particles.
  • the volume average particle size of the toner is preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more and 10 ⁇ m or less. If the volume average particle diameter of the toner is too small, toner handling (replenishability, tallying properties, fluidity, etc.) may be adversely affected, and particle productivity may be reduced. On the other hand, if the volume average particle diameter of the toner is too large, it is caused by graininess and transferability. Image quality and resolution may be adversely affected.
  • the toner preferably satisfies the volume average particle size range of the toner and has a volume average particle size distribution index (GSDv) of 1.3 or less.
  • the ratio (GS DvZGSDn) of the volume average particle size distribution index (GSDv) to the number average particle size distribution index (GSDn) is preferably 0.95 or more.
  • the toner preferably satisfies the range of the volume average particle diameter of the toner, and the average value of the shape factor represented by the following formula is preferably 1.00-1.50.
  • L is the maximum length of toner particles
  • S is the projected area of toner particles
  • the toner When the toner satisfies the above conditions, it is effective for image quality, particularly graininess, and resolution, and handling properties are adversely affected even if the average particle size, which is difficult to cause omission and blurring due to transfer, is not small. It becomes difficult to come out.
  • the storage elastic modulus G ′ (measured at an angular frequency lOmdZsec) at 150 ° C. of the toner itself is 1 ⁇ 10 2 to 1 ⁇ 10 5 Pa. This is appropriate from the viewpoint of preventing sex.
  • the heat-sensitive material has, for example, a structure in which at least a heat-sensitive recording layer is provided as the image-recording layer on the image-recording material support of the present invention, and repeated heating by a heat-sensitive head and fixing by ultraviolet rays.
  • thermosensitive material used in the thermoautochrome method (TA method) for forming an image by the above method.
  • the sublimation transfer material has, for example, a configuration in which an ink layer containing at least a heat diffusible dye (sublimation dye) is provided as the image recording layer on the support for image recording material of the present invention. And a sublimation transfer method in which a heat-diffusible dye is transferred from an ink layer onto a sublimation transfer sheet by heating with a thermal head.
  • a heat diffusible dye is provided as the image recording layer on the support for image recording material of the present invention.
  • the thermal transfer material has, for example, a structure in which at least a heat-meltable ink layer is provided as the image recording layer on the support for image recording material of the present invention, and is used in a thermal head.
  • the ink may be melted and transferred from a heat-meltable ink layer to a heat transfer sheet by heating.
  • a photothermographic recording layer as described in, for example, JP-A-2002-40643 is provided as the image recording layer.
  • a visible image is formed by heating the heat-developable material that has been subjected to printing and exposure with a heating method using any one of a heating roller, a heating belt, a plate heater, a thermal head, a laser, and a combination thereof. That can do that.
  • the image recording material support of the present invention has a structure in which a photothermographic layer as described in, for example, JP-A-2004-246026 is provided as the image recording layer, and printing is performed.
  • a material capable of forming a visible image by heating the exposed heat developing material by a heating method using any one of a heating roller, a heating belt, a plate heater, a thermal head, a laser, and a combination thereof. can be mentioned.
  • an image that develops at least yellow (Y), magenta (M), and cyan (C) as the image recording layer As the silver salt photographic material, for example, on the support for image recording material of the present invention, an image that develops at least yellow (Y), magenta (M), and cyan (C) as the image recording layer.
  • Y yellow
  • M magenta
  • C cyan
  • Halogenated silver which has a structure with a recording layer and is color-developed, bleach-fixed, washed with water, and dried by passing the baked and exposed silver halide photographic sheet through a plurality of processing baths Photographic system, etc.
  • the ink jet recording material for example, on the support for image recording material of the present invention, a liquid ink such as a water-based ink (using a dye or pigment as a coloring material) and an oil-based ink,
  • a liquid ink such as a water-based ink (using a dye or pigment as a coloring material) and an oil-based ink
  • the colorant receiving layer is solid at room temperature and can receive solid ink or the like that is melted and liquefied and used for printing.
  • the image recording material support is also preferably used as printing paper. When used as printing paper, it has high mechanical strength because it is coated with ink by a printing machine. Is preferred.
  • the printing paper is particularly suitable as offset printing paper, and can also be used as relief printing paper, gravure printing paper, and electrophotographic paper.
  • the image recording material of the present invention has a high image quality because it has a support for image recording material without occurrence of recording unevenness and fixing unevenness without occurrence of blisters and the image recording layer on the support.
  • An image can be recorded and is suitable as an electrophotographic material, a heat-sensitive material, a sublimation transfer material, a heat transfer material, a heat development material, a silver salt photographic material, and an ink jet recording material.
  • the image recording method of the present invention in the first embodiment, forms an image by heating a thermal recording material having at least a thermal recording layer on the support for image recording material of the present invention using a thermal head and a laser V or a deviation.
  • An image recording process for recording the image and further including other processes as necessary.
  • the image recording step there is no particular limitation except for using a heat-sensitive recording material having at least a heat-sensitive recording layer on the image-recording material support of the present invention. It can be appropriately selected depending on the case.
  • the thermal head can be appropriately selected according to the purpose for which there is no particular limitation.
  • an area-type thermal head in which a plurality of heating elements are arranged vertically and horizontally in a predetermined area, and a plurality of heating elements.
  • a line-type thermal head in which elements are arranged vertically is suitable.
  • the laser can be appropriately selected according to the purpose without any particular restriction.
  • the laser light used may be argon ion laser light, helium neon laser light, helium cadmium laser light, or the like.
  • Gas laser light; Solid laser light such as YAG laser light; Semiconductor laser light; Dye laser light; Direct laser light such as excimer laser light is used.
  • the heating temperature can be appropriately selected according to the purpose for which there is no particular limitation.
  • the image recording method of the present invention includes a latent image recording step and a heat development step, and further includes other steps as necessary.
  • the latent image recording step includes at least an image on the support for image recording material of the present invention. This is a step of forming a latent image by printing exposure of a thermal transfer material having a recording layer (for example, a light and heat sensitive recording layer or a heat development photosensitive layer).
  • a thermal transfer material having a recording layer (for example, a light and heat sensitive recording layer or a heat development photosensitive layer).
  • the heat-developable material subjected to printing exposure is heated by a heating method using any one of a heating roller, a heating belt, a plate heater, a thermal head, a laser, and a combination thereof, thereby forming a visible image. It is a process of forming.
  • the heating can be appropriately selected according to the purpose for which there is no particular limitation, and is usually 80 to 250.
  • the image recording method of the present invention includes a toner image forming step and a heat fixing step, and further includes other steps as necessary.
  • the toner image forming step is a step of forming a toner image on an electrophotographic material having at least a toner image receiving layer on the image recording material support of the present invention.
  • the toner image forming step can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose without particular limitation as long as it can form a toner image on an electrophotographic material, and is used, for example, in a normal electrophotographic method.
  • a direct transfer method in which a toner image formed on a developing roller is transferred to an electrophotographic material
  • an intermediate transfer belt method in which a toner image is transferred to an electrophotographic material after primary transfer to an intermediate transfer belt or the like.
  • the intermediate transfer belt method can be suitably used from the viewpoint of environmental stability and high image quality.
  • the heat fixing step is a step of fixing the toner image formed by the toner image forming step by heating using a fixing roller, a fixing belt, and a combination thereof.
  • the heating can be appropriately selected according to the purpose without particular limitation, and is usually 80 to
  • the image recording method of the present invention includes a toner image forming step and an image surface smoothness / fixing step, and further includes other steps as necessary.
  • the toner image forming step is the same as the toner image forming step in the third embodiment.
  • the image surface smoothing and fixing step includes a toner formed by the toner image forming step. This is a step of smoothing the surface of one image.
  • the toner image is heated and pressed using an image surface smoothing and fixing processor having a heating and pressing member, a belt member, and a cooling device, and then cooled and peeled off.
  • the image surface smoothing and fixing processor includes a heating and pressing member, a belt member, and a cooling device, and includes a cooling and peeling unit and, if necessary, other members.
  • the heating and pressing member can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose without any particular limitation, and examples thereof include a pair of heating rollers, a combination of a heating roller and a pressing roller, and the like. .
  • the cooling device can be appropriately selected according to the purpose for which there is no particular restriction.
  • a cooling device, a heat sink, or the like that can blow cool air and adjust a cooling temperature or the like can be used.
  • the cooling peeling portion can be appropriately selected according to the purpose without any particular restriction, and examples thereof include a position in the vicinity of the tension roll where the electrophotographic material itself peels off from the belt due to the rigidity (strength of waist).
  • the toner image is brought into contact with the heating and pressing member of the image surface smoothing fixing processor, it is preferable to apply pressure.
  • the method of pressurization can be appropriately selected according to the purpose for which there is no particular limitation, but it is preferable to employ a two-ply pressure.
  • the heating in the heating and pressing member is at a temperature higher than the soft point of the toner image-receiving layer polymer, and a different force depending on the toner image-receiving layer polymer used. Usually, 80 to 200 ° C. is preferable.
  • the cooling temperature in the cooling device is more preferably 20 to 80 ° C., preferably 80 ° C. or less, at which the toner image-receiving layer is sufficiently solidified.
  • the belt member includes a heat-resistant support film and a release layer formed on the support film.
  • the material of the support film can be appropriately selected according to the purpose without particular limitation as long as it has heat resistance.
  • polyimide PI
  • PEN polyethylene naphthalate
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • PEEK Polyetheretherketone
  • PES polyethersulfone
  • PEI polyetherimide
  • PPA polyparabanic acid
  • the release layer preferably contains at least one selected from silicone rubber, fluorine rubber, fluorocarbon siloxane rubber, silicone resin and fluorine resin.
  • silicone rubber e.g., silicone rubber-containing layer
  • fluorocarbon siloxane rubber-containing layer e.g., silicone rubber-containing layer
  • silicone resin e.g., silicone resin
  • fluorine resin e.g. silicone resin
  • the fluorocarbon siloxane rubber preferably has at least one of a perfluoroalkyl ether group and a perfluoroalkyl group in the main chain.
  • a cured product of a fluorocarbon siloxane rubber composition containing the following components (A) to (D) is preferable.
  • a fluorocarbon polymer having a fluorocarbon siloxane represented by the following general formula (1) as a main component and having an aliphatic unsaturated group (B) containing two or more ⁇ SiH groups in one molecule. , At least one of organopolysiloxane and fluorocarbon siloxane in which the content of the ⁇ Si H group is 1 to 4 times
  • the fluorocarbon polymer of the component (A) is mainly composed of a fluorocarbon siloxane having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and has an aliphatic unsaturated group.
  • R1C> represents an unsubstituted or substituted monovalent hydrocarbon having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • a methyl group is particularly preferred, which is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • a and e each represents an integer of 0 or 1.
  • b and d each represent an integer of 1 to 4.
  • c represents an integer of 0 to 8.
  • X is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 10-30.
  • Examples of the component (A) include those represented by the following general formula (2).
  • the organopolysiloxane having an ⁇ SiH group includes an organohydrogenpolysiloxane having at least two hydrogen atoms bonded to a silicon atom in the molecule. it can.
  • the fluorocarbon siloxane rubber composition when the fluorocarbon polymer of the component (A) has an aliphatic unsaturated group, it is preferable to use the above-mentioned organohydropolyene polysiloxane. That is, a cured product is formed by an addition reaction that occurs between an aliphatic unsaturated group in the fluorocarbon siloxane and a hydrogen atom bonded to a silicon atom in the organohydrogenpolysiloxane.
  • organohydrogenpolysiloxane various organohydrogenpolysiloxanes used in addition-curable silicone rubber compositions can be used.
  • the organohydrodiene polysiloxane has a number power of ⁇ SiH groups.
  • ⁇ SiH groups For one aliphatic unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the fluorocarbon siloxane of the component (A), At least one is preferable, and it is particularly preferable that the ratio is 1 to 5.
  • the fluorocarbon having a ⁇ SiH group may be a unit of the above general formula (1), or, in the above general formula (1), R 1G is a dialkylhydrogensiloxy group, and a terminal is a dialkylnodoxy.
  • R 1G is a dialkylhydrogensiloxy group
  • a terminal is a dialkylnodoxy.
  • Those having a ⁇ SiH group such as a gensiloxy group or a silyl group are preferred, and examples thereof include those represented by the following general formula (3).
  • filler of the component (C) various fillers used in general silicone rubber compositions can be used.
  • the filler include fumed silica, precipitated silica, carbon powder, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, quartz powder, talc, sericite, bentonite and the like, asbestos, glass fiber, organic Examples thereof include fibrous fillers such as fibers.
  • the catalyst of the component (D) is known as an addition reaction catalyst! / Silver chloroplatinic acid, alcohol-modified chloroplatinic acid, salt ⁇ platinic acid-olefin complex, platinum black or Paradium supported on a support such as alumina, silica, carbon, rhodium and olefin fin complex, chlorotris (triphenylphosphine) rhodium (Wilkinson catalyst), rhodium (I II) acetylacetonate, etc. Examples include Group VIII elements or compounds thereof in the periodic table. These complexes are preferably used by dissolving in a solvent such as an alcohol compound, an ether compound or a hydrocarbon compound.
  • the fluorocarbon siloxane rubber yarn composition can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose without any particular limitation, and various compounding agents can be added. For example, diphenylsilane diol, low-polymerization degree molecular chain terminal hydroxyl-blocked dimethylpolysiloxane, dispersant such as hexamethyldisilazane, heat resistance such as ferrous oxide, ferric oxide, cerium oxide, iron octylate, etc. A property improver, a colorant such as a pigment, and the like can be blended as necessary.
  • the belt member can be obtained by coating the surface of the heat-resistant support film with the fluorocarbon siloxane rubber composition and curing by heating.
  • m-xylene hexafluoride can be used. It can be diluted with a solvent such as benzotrifluoride to give a coating solution, which can be applied by a general coating method such as spray coating, dip coating or knife coating.
  • a general coating method such as spray coating, dip coating or knife coating.
  • the temperature and time for heat curing can be selected as appropriate, and are selected according to the type of the support film, the production method, etc. within the temperature range of 100 to 500 ° C. and 5 seconds to 5 hours.
  • the thickness of the release layer formed on the surface of the heat-resistant support film is not particularly limited. In order to obtain good fixability of an image by preventing toner releasability or toner component offset, 1 ⁇ 200 111 months preferred, 5 ⁇ 150 111 months preferred 1 ⁇ 0
  • the toner 12 is transferred to the electrophotographic material 1 by an image forming apparatus (not shown).
  • the electrophotographic material 1 to which the toner 1 2 has adhered is conveyed to point A by a conveyance facility (not shown), passes between the heating roller 14 and the pressure roller 15, and the toner image-receiving layer or toner 12 of the electrophotographic material 1. Is heated and pressurized at a temperature (fixing temperature) and pressure that sufficiently softens.
  • the fixing temperature means the temperature of the surface of the toner image-receiving layer measured at the position of the heating roller 14, the pressure roller 15, and the top portion at point A, for example, 80 to 190 ° C. It is preferable that the force is 100 to 170 ° C.
  • the pressure means the pressure on the surface of the toner image-receiving layer measured at the heating roller 14, the pressure roller 15, and the top part. For example, 1 to: LOkgfZcm 2 is preferable 2 to 7 kgfZcm 2 is more preferable ! / ⁇ .
  • the release agent (not shown) which is heated and pressurized in this manner and then discretely exists in the toner image receiving layer while the electrophotographic material 1 is conveyed to the cooling device 16 by the fixing belt 13. ) Is sufficiently heated and melted, and moves to the surface of the toner image-receiving layer. The released release agent forms a release agent layer (film) on the surface of the toner image-receiving layer. Thereafter, the electrophotographic material 1 is conveyed to the cooling device 16 by the fixing belt 13 and is, for example, below the soft transition point of the binder resin used in the polymer or toner of the toner image receiving layer, or the glass transition.
  • the release agent layer (film) formed on the surface of the toner image-receiving layer is cooled and solidified to form a release agent layer.
  • the cooled electrophotographic material 1 is further conveyed to point B by the fixing belt 13, and the fixing belt 13 moves on the tension roller 17. Therefore, the electrophotographic material 1 and the fixing belt 13 are peeled off at the point B.
  • the image surface smoothness fixing processor as shown in Fig. 3 is, for example, the electrophotographic apparatus shown in Fig. 2 (for example, a full color laser printer (DC C-500) manufactured by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.). ) Can be modified and used as a fixing portion.
  • the electrophotographic apparatus shown in Fig. 2 for example, a full color laser printer (DC C-500) manufactured by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.).
  • 200 is an image forming apparatus
  • 37 is a photosensitive drum
  • 19 is a developing device
  • 31 is an intermediate transfer belt
  • 18 is an electrophotographic material
  • 25 is a fixing unit (image surface smoothing and fixing processing machine). Shown respectively.
  • FIG. 3 shows a fixing unit (image surface smoothing fixing processor) 25 disposed in the image forming apparatus 200 of FIG.
  • the image surface smooth wrinkle fixing processor 25 includes a heating roll 71, a peeling roll 74 including the calorific heating roll 71, and an endless belt 73 rotatably supported by a tension roll 75. And a pressure roll 72 that presses the heating roll 71 through an endless belt 73.
  • a cooling heat sink 77 for forcibly cooling the endless belt 73 is arranged between the heating roll 71 and the peeling roll 74, and this cooling heat sink 77 constitutes a cooling sheet conveying section for cooling the electrophotographic material and conveying the sheet.
  • the image surface smoothing and fixing processor 25 transfers the color toner image onto the surface, and the electrophotographic transfer sheet on which the toner image is fixed comprises a heating roll 71 and the heating roll 71.
  • a color toner image is introduced into a pressure contact portion (ep portion) with a pressure roll 72 that is in pressure contact with the endless belt 73 so that the color toner image is positioned on the heating roll 71 side.
  • the color toner image is heated and melted and fixed on the electrophotographic material while passing through the pressure contact portion.
  • the toner is heated to a temperature of about 120 to 130 ° C and melted, and a color toner image is formed on the toner image-receiving layer.
  • the electrophotographic material fixed on the toner is conveyed together with the endless belt 73 in a state where the toner image receiving layer on the surface is in close contact with the surface of the endless belt 73.
  • the endless belt 73 is forcibly cooled by a heat sink 77 for cooling, and after the color toner image and the toner image-receiving layer are cooled and solidified, the peeling roller 74 causes the electrophotographic material itself to be elastic (rigid). It is peeled off.
  • the surface of the endless belt 73 after the peeling step is finished is such that residual toner and the like are removed by a cleaner (not shown) so that it is ready for the next image surface smoothing and fixing processing step. Yes.
  • the image recording method of the present invention by using the electrophotographic material having the support for an image recording material of the present invention, high recording without occurrence of blistering or fixing unevenness is achieved. A quality image can be formed.
  • a support for an image recording material that can solve the conventional problems and can record a high-quality image without occurrence of recording unevenness and fixing unevenness without occurrence of blisters, and the image recording material support. Can be used to provide an image recording material capable of recording high-quality images.
  • Hardwood bleached kraft pulp (LBKP) was beaten to 340ml (Canadian standard freeness, C. S. F.) with a co-refiner to produce pulp with an average fiber length of 0.63mm.
  • cationic starch 1.0 wt%, ⁇ Le Circe Ten dimer as sizing agent (AKD) O. 5 mass 0/0, ⁇ - on polyacrylamide 0.2 mass 0/0, and polyamide was added so that the proportion of polyamine E Pi chlorohydrin 0.3 mass 0/0.
  • the alkyl part of the alkyl ketene dimer is derived from a fatty acid mainly composed of behenic acid.
  • a base paper having a basis weight of 160 gZm 2 was made from the obtained pulp paper stock using a long paper machine.
  • carboxy-modified polybulal alcohol 1.0.7 gZm 2 was applied to the front side of the base paper (image recording).
  • the image recording surface side was a metal roll surface temperature of 120 ° C, and the back surface was a resin roll surface temperature of 50 ° C).
  • the density was adjusted to 0.98 gZcm 3 .
  • the image recording surface side (front surface) of the base paper is subjected to corona discharge treatment, and the first polymer coating layer (lower layer) contains 15% by mass of titanium dioxide and low density polyethylene resin.
  • LDPE Low-density polyethylene resin
  • HDPE 2/8 (mass ratio) of polyethylene composition to a thickness of 10 / zm and a second polymer coating layer (upper layer) 15
  • Two layers of melt-coextruded LDPE containing 20% by mass of titanium dioxide with a co-extruder were coated to a thickness of 20 m.
  • the back surface of the base paper was subjected to corona discharge treatment, and a back surface polyolefin resin layer was formed by melt extrusion coating of LDPE containing 15% by mass of titanium dioxide to a thickness of 30 m.
  • Example 1 the support for image recording material of Example 1 was produced.
  • Example 1 As shown in Table 2, Examples 2 to 5 and Example 2 were performed in the same manner as Example 1 except that the first polymer coating layer (lower layer) and the second polymer coating layer (upper layer) were changed. Supports for image recording materials of Comparative Examples 1 to 5 were produced.
  • Comparative Example 1 and Comparative Example 2 are polymer coating layers having a single layer structure without the second polymer coating layer (upper layer).
  • Example 1 20% 80% 0.959 1 0 100% 0% 0.924 20
  • Example 3 20% 80% 0.959 20 100% 0% 0.924 10
  • Example 4 70% 30% 0.937 1 0 100% 0% 0.924 20
  • Example 5 70 % 30% 0.937 1 5 100% 0% 0.924 15
  • Example 6 70% 30% 0.937 20 100% 0% 0.924 10
  • Example 7 90% 1 0% 0.928 1 5 100% 0% 0.924 15
  • Example 8 90% 1 0% 0.928 20 100% 0% 0.924 20 Comparative Example 1 1 00% 0% 0.924 30 None
  • Comparative Example 2 1 00% 0% 0.924 1 5 20% 80% 0.959 15 Comparative Example 3 70% 30% 0.937 30 None
  • electrophotographic image receiving papers of Examples 9 to 16 and Comparative Examples 5 to 8 were produced by the following method.
  • Titanium dioxide (Typeter (registered trademark) A-220, manufactured by Ishihara Sangyo Co., Ltd.) 40.0 g, Polyalcohol (PVA102, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) 2.0 g, and ion-exchanged water 58. Og Then, it was dispersed with NBK-2 manufactured by Nippon Seiki Seisakusho to prepare a titanium dioxide dispersion (content of titanium dioxide with a titanium dioxide content of 40% by mass).
  • NBK-2 manufactured by Nippon Seiki Seisakusho
  • the resulting toner image-receiving layer coating solution had a viscosity of 40 mPa's and a surface tension of 34 mNZm.
  • Acrylic rosin water dispersion solid content 30% by mass, Hi-loss XBH-997L, manufactured by Seiko Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • matting agent Tecpomer MBX-12, manufactured by Sekisui Plastics Co., Ltd.
  • release Mold Hadrin D337, manufactured by Chukyo Yushi Co., Ltd.
  • CMC Thickener
  • AOT Charon surfactant
  • ion-exchanged water 80 ml were mixed and stirred.
  • a coating solution for the back layer was prepared.
  • the resulting back layer coating solution had a viscosity of 35 mPa's and a surface tension of 33 mN / m 2.
  • the back layer coating liquid is dried with a bar coater on the surface (back surface) of the support for image recording material of each of Examples 1 to 5 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4 where the toner image receiving layer is not provided.
  • the coating was applied so that the amount was 9 gZm 2 to form a knock layer.
  • the toner image-receiving layer coating solution was applied to the front surface of each base paper with a bar coater so that the dry mass was 12 gZm 2 , thereby forming a toner image-receiving layer.
  • the pigment content in the toner image-receiving layer was 5% by mass relative to the thermoplastic resin.
  • the back layer and the toner image-receiving layer were coated and dried online with hot air.
  • the drying air volume and temperature were adjusted so that both the back layer and the toner image-receiving layer were dried within 2 minutes after coating.
  • the drying point was the point at which the coating surface temperature was the same as the wet bulb temperature of the drying air.
  • the calendering process was performed using a daros calender and a metal roller kept at 40 ° C. under a condition of a negative pressure of 14.7 kN / cm 2 (15 kgf / cm 2 ).
  • Each electrophotographic image-receiving paper obtained is cut into A4 size and used as an image forming device.
  • the fixing part of the full-color laser printer (Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd., DCC-500) shown in the figure was modified to the image surface smoothing fixing processor shown in Fig. 3, image formation was performed, and fixing smoothing processing was performed under the conditions below. Went.
  • Belt release layer material SIFEL610 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), a fluorocarbonsiloxane rubber precursor, was vulcanized and cured to form a fluorocarbonsiloxane rubber having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m.
  • Temperature of heating roller can be arbitrarily adjusted as appropriate.
  • the degree of occurrence of defects (edge voids) generated at the boundary line between the toner image area and the non-image area due to poor tracking at a fixing temperature of 125 ° C. was visually observed and evaluated according to the following criteria.
  • Defects (edge voids) are generating forces.
  • Defects (edge voids) have occurred and are somewhat conspicuous.
  • the temperature of the fixing belt at which the prestar was generated by image formation was measured and evaluated according to the following criteria.
  • the support for image recording material of the present invention is capable of recording high-quality images without occurrence of recording unevenness and fixing unevenness without occurrence of blisters, and can be used for various image recording materials. It can be suitably used for electrophotographic materials, heat-sensitive materials, sublimation transfer materials, thermal transfer materials, heat development materials, silver salt photographic materials, ink jet recording materials, and the like. Since the image recording material of the present invention is obtained by using the support for image recording material of the present invention, an electrophotographic material, a heat sensitive material, a sublimation transfer material, a thermal transfer material, a heat developing material, a silver salt photographic material, an ink jet It can be suitably used as a recording material.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Ink Jet Recording Methods And Recording Media Thereof (AREA)
  • Thermal Transfer Or Thermal Recording In General (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Ink Jet (AREA)
  • Heat Sensitive Colour Forming Recording (AREA)
  • Fixing For Electrophotography (AREA)
  • Non-Silver Salt Photosensitive Materials And Non-Silver Salt Photography (AREA)

Abstract

An image recording material-use support capable of recording a high-quality image free from blistering, uneven recording and uneven fixing, and an image recording material and an image recording method using the image recording material-use support. The image recording material-use support comprises base paper and at least one each polyolefin resin layer formed on the opposite sides of the base paper, characterized in that at least two front-surface polyolefin resin layers are disposed on the side of the polyolefin resin layer where an image recording layer is provided, and an average density of the outer-most front-surface polyolefin resin layer remotest from the base paper is smaller than an average density of at least any one of front-surface polyolefin resin layers except for the outer-most front-surface polyolefin resin layer.

Description

明 細 書  Specification
画像記録材料用支持体及び画像記録材料、並びに画像記録方法 技術分野  Technical field of image recording material support, image recording material, and image recording method
[0001] 本発明は、ブリスターの発生がなく、記録ムラや定着ムラの発生のな 、高画質画像 を記録できる画像記録材料用支持体及び該画像記録材料用支持体を用いた画像 記録材料、並びに画像記録方法に関する。  The present invention relates to an image recording material support capable of recording a high-quality image without occurrence of blistering and occurrence of recording unevenness and fixing unevenness, and an image recording material using the image recording material support, The present invention also relates to an image recording method.
背景技術  Background art
[0002] 従来より、電子写真材料、感熱材料、インクジェット記録材料、昇華転写材料、熱現 像材料、銀塩写真材料、熱転写材料等の様々な画像記録材料の支持体としては、 例えば、原紙、合成紙、合成樹脂シート、コート紙、ラミネート紙等が用いられ、これら の中でも、コート紙、ラミネート紙が好適である。  Conventionally, as a support for various image recording materials such as electrophotographic materials, heat sensitive materials, ink jet recording materials, sublimation transfer materials, thermal image materials, silver salt photographic materials, thermal transfer materials, for example, base paper, Synthetic paper, synthetic resin sheet, coated paper, laminated paper and the like are used, and among these, coated paper and laminated paper are suitable.
このような画像記録材料用支持体としては、例えば、原紙の両面上に少なくとも 1層 の榭脂被覆層を設けたものが提案されている (特許文献 1〜3参照)。  As such a support for image recording material, for example, a support provided with at least one resin coating layer on both sides of a base paper has been proposed (see Patent Documents 1 to 3).
しかし、これらの画像記録材料用支持体を、電子写真材料、感熱材料、及び種々 の熱転写記録材料などに用いると、画像記録におけるいずれかの工程に高温の加 熱工程を有するので、原紙から発生する水蒸気等のガスにより、榭脂被覆層に気泡 状の欠陥 (ブリスター)が発生してしまうという問題がある。また、前記画像記録材料用 支持体の榭脂被覆層に耐熱性の高 ヽ材料を用いると、追随性の不良に起因する記 録ムラや定着ムラが生じてしまうと 、う問題がある。  However, if these image recording material supports are used in electrophotographic materials, heat-sensitive materials, and various thermal transfer recording materials, any process in image recording has a high-temperature heating process, so it is generated from the base paper. There is a problem that bubbles such as water vapor cause blisters in the resin coating layer. Further, when a heat-resistant high-coating material is used for the resin coating layer of the image recording material support, there is a problem that recording unevenness or fixing unevenness due to poor followability occurs.
[0003] したがって原紙の両面に少なくとも 1層のポリオレフイン榭脂層を有してなり、ブリス ターの発生がなぐ記録ムラや定着ムラの発生のない高画質画像を記録できる画像 記録材料用支持体は未だ得られておらず、その提供が望まれて ヽるのが現状である  [0003] Accordingly, a support for an image recording material having at least one polyolefin resin layer on both sides of a base paper and capable of recording a high-quality image without occurrence of blistering and non-uniformity of fixing is provided. It has not been obtained yet, and the current situation is that it is desired to provide it.
[0004] 特許文献 1 :特開平 7— 120868号公報 [0004] Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 7-120868
特許文献 2 :特開平 9 146218号公報  Patent Document 2: JP-A-9 146218
特許文献 3 :特開 2000— 10327号公報  Patent Document 3: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-10327
発明の開示 [0005] 本発明は、ブリスターの発生がなく、記録ムラや定着ムラの発生のな 、高画質画像 を記録できる画像記録材料用支持体及び該画像記録材料用支持体を用いた各種 画像記録材料並びに画像記録方法を提供することを目的とする。 Disclosure of the invention The present invention relates to an image recording material support capable of recording a high-quality image without occurrence of blistering and occurrence of recording unevenness and fixing unevenness, and various image recording materials using the image recording material support. An object of the present invention is to provide an image recording method.
[0006] 前記課題を解決するための手段としては、以下の通りである。即ち、  [0006] Means for solving the above-described problems are as follows. That is,
< 1 > 原紙と、該原紙の両面に少なくとも 1層のポリオレフイン榭脂層とを有してな り、該ポリオレフイン榭脂層における画像記録層を設ける側のおもて面ポリオレフイン 榭脂層が 2層以上であり、かつ前記原紙力 最も遠い位置にある最外おもて面ポリオ レフイン榭脂層の平均密度力 該最外おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層以外のおもて面 ポリオレフイン榭脂層のうちの少なくともいずれかの平均密度よりも小さいことを特徴と する画像記録材料用支持体である。  <1> The base paper and at least one polyolefin resin layer on both sides of the base paper, and the front surface polyolefin resin layer on the side on which the image recording layer is provided in the polyolefin resin layer has 2 The average density force of the outermost front surface polyolefin resin layer located at the farthest position and more than the base paper force The front surface other than the outermost front surface polyolefin resin layer The polyolefin surface resin layer An image recording material support characterized in that it is smaller than the average density of at least one of the above.
< 2> 加熱による記録、加熱による現像、及び加熱による定着の少なくともいずれ かが行われる画像記録に用いられる前記 < 1 >に記載の画像記録材料用支持体で ある。  <2> The support for an image recording material according to <1>, which is used for image recording in which at least one of recording by heating, development by heating, and fixing by heating is performed.
< 3 > 最外おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層の平均密度が 0. 930gZcm3未満であ り、かつ該最外おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層以外のおもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層の 少なくともいずれかの平均密度が 0. 930gZcm3以上である前記 < 1 >から < 2>の V、ずれかに記載の画像記録材料用支持体である。 <3> The average density of the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer is less than 0.930 gZcm 3 and at least the outer surface polyolefin resin layer other than the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer is at least The image recording material support according to any one of <1> to <2>, wherein any one of the average densities is 0.930 gZcm 3 or more.
<4> 最外おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層以外のおもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層の 少なくともいずれかの厚みが 15 μ m以上である前記 < 1 >から < 3 >のいずれかに 記載の画像記録材料用支持体である。  <4> The material according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the thickness of at least one of the front surface polyolefin resin layers other than the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer is 15 μm or more. A support for an image recording material.
< 5 > 最外おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層が、密度 0. 930gZcm3以下の低密度 ポリエチレンを含有し、かつ該最外おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層以外のおもて面ポリ ォレフィン榭脂層の少なくともいずれかが密度 0. 945gZcm3以上の高密度ポリェチ レン榭脂を含有する前記 < 1 >から <4>のいずれかに記載の画像記録材料用支 持体である。 <5> The outermost surface polyolefin resin layer contains a low density polyethylene having a density of 0.930 gZcm 3 or less, and the outer surface polyolefin resin layer other than the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer. The support for an image recording material according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein at least one of the oil layers contains a high-density polyethylene resin having a density of 0.945 gZcm 3 or more.
< 6 > 最外おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層以外のおもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層の 少なくともいずれかにおける密度 0. 945gZcm3以上の高密度ポリエチレン榭脂の 含有量が、 30質量%以上である前記 < 5 >に記載の画像記録材料用支持体である < 7> ポリオレフイン榭脂層の少なくともいずれかが、有機顔料及び無機顔料の<6> The content of the high density polyethylene resin having a density of 0.945 gZcm 3 or more in at least one of the surface polyolefin resins other than the outermost polyolefin resin layer is 30% by mass or more. The support for image recording material according to <5> above. <7> At least one of the polyolefin resin layers is an organic pigment or an inorganic pigment.
V、ずれかを含有する前記 < 1 >から < 6 >の ヽずれかに記載の画像記録材料用支 持体である。 The support for an image recording material according to any one of <1> to <6>, containing V or any deviation.
< 8 > 前記 < 1 >から < 7 >のいずれかに記載の画像記録材料用支持体と、該 支持体上に少なくとも画像記録層とを有することを特徴とする画像記録材料である。  <8> An image recording material comprising the image recording material support according to any one of <1> to <7>, and at least an image recording layer on the support.
< 9 > 加熱による記録、加熱による現像、及び加熱による定着の少なくともいずれ かが行われる前記 < 8 >に記載の画像記録材料である。  <9> The image recording material according to <8>, wherein at least one of recording by heating, development by heating, and fixing by heating is performed.
< 10> 電子写真材料、感熱材料、昇華転写材料、熱転写材料、熱現像材料、銀 塩写真材料及びインクジェット記録材料カゝら選択される 、ずれかである前記く 8 >か らく 9 >の 、ずれかに記載の画像記録材料である。  <10> Electrophotographic material, heat sensitive material, sublimation transfer material, thermal transfer material, heat developing material, silver salt photographic material and inkjet recording material The image recording material described in any one of the above.
く 11 > 前記く 1 >から < 7 >のいずれかに記載の画像記録材料用支持体上に 少なくとも感熱記録層を有する感熱記録材料を、サーマルヘッド及びレーザーの ヽ ずれかを用いた加熱により画像を記録する画像記録工程を、含むことを特徴とする 画像記録方法である。  <11> The thermal recording material having at least the thermal recording layer on the image recording material support according to any one of <1> to <7> is heated by using either a thermal head or a laser. An image recording method comprising: an image recording step for recording the image.
< 12> 前記 < 1 >から < 7>のいずれかに記載の画像記録材料用支持体上に 少なくとも画像記録層を有する熱現像材料を焼付露光により潜像を記録する潜像記 録工程と、  <12> A latent image recording step of recording a latent image by baking exposure of a heat-developable material having at least an image recording layer on the image recording material support according to any one of <1> to <7>,
該焼付露光された熱現像材料に、加熱ローラ、加熱ベルト、プレートヒーター、サー マルヘッド、レーザー及びこれらの組合わせの 、ずれかを用いた加熱により可視画 像を形成する熱現像工程と、を含むことを特徴とする画像記録方法である。  A heat developing process for forming a visible image by heating using a misalignment of a heat roller, a heat belt, a plate heater, a thermal head, a laser, and a combination of the heat developed material exposed to printing This is an image recording method.
< 13 > 前記く 1 >からく 7>のいずれかに記載の画像記録材料用支持体上に 少なくともトナー受像層を有する電子写真材料にトナー画像を形成するトナー画像形 成工程と、  <13> Toner image forming step of forming a toner image on an electrophotographic material having at least a toner image-receiving layer on the image recording material support according to any one of <1> and <7>
該トナー画像を、定着ローラ、定着ベルト及びこれらの組合わせのいずれかを用い た加熱により定着を行う熱定着工程と、を含むことを特徴とする画像記録方法である  And a heat fixing step of fixing the toner image by heating using any one of a fixing roller, a fixing belt, and a combination thereof.
< 14> 前記 < 1 >から < 7>のいずれかに記載の画像記録材料用支持体上に 少なくともトナー受像層を有する電子写真材料にトナー画像を形成するトナー画像形 成工程と、 <14> On the image recording material support according to any one of <1> to <7>. A toner image forming step of forming a toner image on an electrophotographic material having at least a toner image receiving layer;
該形成されたトナー画像の表面を平滑ィ匕する画像表面平滑ィ匕定着工程と、を含む ことを特徴とする画像記録方法である。  And an image surface smoothness fixing step for smoothening the surface of the formed toner image.
< 15 > 画像表面平滑化定着工程が、トナー画像を、加熱加圧部材とベルト部材 と冷却装置とを有する画像表面平滑ィ匕定着処理機を用いて、加熱及び加圧し、冷却 し剥離する前記 < 14 >に記載の画像記録方法である。  <15> In the image surface smoothing and fixing step, the toner image is heated and pressed using an image surface smoothing and fixing processing machine having a heating and pressing member, a belt member, and a cooling device, and then cooled and peeled off. <14> The image recording method according to <14>.
< 16 > ベルト部材の表面にフルォロカーボンシロキサンゴムを含有する層を有す る前記 < 15 >に記載の画像記録方法である。  <16> The image recording method according to <15>, wherein the surface of the belt member has a layer containing a fluorocarbonsiloxane rubber.
< 17> ベルト部材の表面にシリコーンゴムを含有する層を有し、かつ該シリコー ンゴム含有層の表面にフルォロカーボンシロキサンゴムを含有する層を有する前記 < 15 >に記載の画像記録方法である。  <17> The image recording method according to <15>, wherein the belt member has a layer containing silicone rubber on the surface, and the silicon rubber-containing layer has a layer containing fluorocarbonsiloxane rubber. is there.
< 18 > フルォロカーボンシロキサンゴム力 主鎖にパーフルォロアルキルエーテ ル基及びパーフルォロアルキル基の少なくともいずれかを有する前記 < 16 >から < 17 >の 、ずれかに記載の画像記録方法である。  <18> Fluorocarbonsiloxane rubber strength The image according to any one of <16> to <17>, wherein the main chain has at least one of a perfluoroalkyl ether group and a perfluoroalkyl group. It is a recording method.
[0007] 本発明の画像記録材料用支持体は、原紙と、該原紙の両面に少なくとも 1層のポリ ォレフィン榭脂層とを有してなり、該ポリオレフイン榭脂層における画像記録層を設け る側のおもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層が 2層以上であり、かつ前記原紙力 最も遠い 位置にある最外おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層の平均密度力 該最外おもて面ポリオ レフイン榭脂層以外のおもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層のうちの少なくともいずれかの平 均密度よりも小さいので、ブリスターの発生がなぐ記録ムラや定着ムラの発生のない 高画質画像を記録できる。 [0007] The support for an image recording material of the present invention comprises a base paper and at least one polyolefin resin layer on both surfaces of the base paper, and an image recording layer in the polyolefin resin layer is provided. The average density force of the outermost front surface polyolefin resin layer located at the farthest position of the base paper strength is two or more on the side of the front surface polyolefin resin layer and the outermost front surface polyolefin resin layer. Since it is smaller than the average density of at least one of the front surface polyolefin resin layers other than the oil layer, it is possible to record a high-quality image without occurrence of recording unevenness or fixing unevenness without blistering.
[0008] 本発明の画像記録材料にぉ ヽては、本発明の前記画像記録材料用支持体を有す ることにより、ブリスターの発生がなぐ記録ムラや定着ムラの発生のない高画質な画 像を記録でき、特に電子写真材料、感熱材料、昇華転写材料、熱転写材料、熱現像 材料、銀塩写真材料及びインクジェット記録材料の 、ずれかに好適な画像記録材料 を提供できる。 [0008] The image recording material of the present invention has the image recording material support of the present invention, so that a high-quality image without occurrence of recording unevenness and fixing unevenness without occurrence of blisters. An image can be recorded, and in particular, an image recording material suitable for any of electrophotographic materials, heat-sensitive materials, sublimation transfer materials, thermal transfer materials, heat development materials, silver salt photographic materials, and inkjet recording materials can be provided.
[0009] 本発明の画像記録方法は、第 1形態では、本発明の前記画像記録材料用支持体 上に少なくとも感熱記録層を有する感熱記録材料をサーマルヘッド及びレーザーの V、ずれかを用いた加熱により画像を記録する画像記録工程を含んでなる。これ〖こより[0009] In the first aspect, the image recording method of the present invention is the image recording material support of the present invention. It comprises an image recording step for recording an image by heating a thermal recording material having at least a thermal recording layer thereon using a thermal head and a laser V or a deviation. This one
、ブリスターの発生がなぐ記録ムラや定着ムラの発生のない高画質画像を記録でき る。 In addition, it is possible to record high-quality images with no recording unevenness or fixing unevenness without blistering.
[0010] 本発明の画像記録方法は、第 2形態では、本発明の前記画像記録材料用支持体 上に少なくとも画像記録層を有する熱現像材料を焼付露光により潜像を記録する潜 像記録工程と、該焼付露光された熱現像材料を加熱ローラ、加熱ベルト、プレートヒ 一ター、サーマルヘッド、レーザー及びこれらの組合わせのいずれかを用いた加熱 により可視画像を形成する熱現像工程とを含んでなる。これにより、ブリスターの発生 力 ぐ記録ムラや定着ムラの発生のない高画質画像を記録できる。  [0010] In the second embodiment, the image recording method of the present invention is a latent image recording step of recording a latent image by printing exposure of a heat-developable material having at least an image recording layer on the image recording material support of the present invention. And a heat development step of forming a visible image by heating the heat-developable material subjected to printing exposure using a heating roller, a heating belt, a plate heater, a thermal head, a laser, or a combination thereof. Become. As a result, it is possible to record a high-quality image without occurrence of blistering uneven recording and fixing unevenness.
[0011] 本発明の画像記録方法は、第 3形態では、本発明の前記画像記録材料用支持体 上に少なくともトナー受像層を有する電子写真材料にトナー画像を形成するトナー画 像形成工程と、該トナー画像を定着ローラ、定着ベルト及びこれらの組合わせのいず れかを用いた加熱により定着を行う熱定着工程とを含んでなる。これにより、ブリスタ 一の発生がなく、記録ムラや定着ムラの発生のな ヽ高画質画像を記録できる。  [0011] The image recording method of the present invention, in a third form, includes a toner image forming step of forming a toner image on an electrophotographic material having at least a toner image receiving layer on the image recording material support of the present invention; And a heat fixing step of fixing the toner image by heating using any one of a fixing roller, a fixing belt, and a combination thereof. As a result, it is possible to record a high-quality image without occurrence of blistering and without occurrence of uneven recording or uneven fixing.
[0012] 本発明の画像記録方法は、第 4の形態では、本発明の前記画像記録材料用支持 体上に少なくともトナー受像層を有する電子写真材料にトナー画像を形成するトナー 画像形成工程と、該トナー画像の表面を平滑ィ匕する画像表面平滑ィ匕定着工程とを 含んでなる。これにより、ブリスターの発生がなぐ記録ムラや定着ムラの発生のない 高画質画像を記録できる。  In the fourth embodiment, the image recording method of the present invention is a toner image forming step of forming a toner image on an electrophotographic material having at least a toner image receiving layer on the image recording material support of the present invention; And an image surface smoothness fixing step for smoothening the surface of the toner image. As a result, it is possible to record a high-quality image without occurrence of recording unevenness and fixing unevenness without occurrence of blisters.
図面の簡単な説明  Brief Description of Drawings
[0013] [図 1]図 1は、本発明の画像表面平滑化定着処理機の一例を示す概略図である。  FIG. 1 is a schematic view showing an example of an image surface smoothing and fixing processor according to the present invention.
[図 2]図 2は、本発明の画像形成装置の一例を示す概略図である。  FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing an example of an image forming apparatus of the present invention.
[図 3]図 3は、図 2における画像表面平滑ィ匕定着処理機の一例を示す概略図である。 発明を実施するための最良の形態  FIG. 3 is a schematic view showing an example of an image surface smoothness / fixing processor in FIG. 2. BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
[0014] (画像記録材料用支持体) [0014] (Support for Image Recording Material)
本発明の画像記録材料用支持体は、原紙と、該原紙の両面に少なくとも 1層のポリ ォレフィン榭脂層を有してなり、該ポリオレフイン榭脂層における画像記録層を設ける 側のおもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層が 2層以上であり、更に必要に応じてその他の層 を有してなる。 The support for image recording material of the present invention comprises a base paper and at least one polyolefin resin layer on both sides of the base paper, and an image recording layer in the polyolefin resin layer is provided. There are two or more front polyolefin resin layers on the side, and other layers as necessary.
この場合、前記画像記録材料用支持体は、加熱による記録、加熱による現像、及 び加熱による定着の少なくともいずれかが行われる画像記録に用いられるのが好ま しい。  In this case, the image recording material support is preferably used for image recording in which at least one of recording by heating, development by heating, and fixing by heating is performed.
[0015] <原紙 > [0015] <Base paper>
前記原紙としては、特に制限はなぐ 目的に応じて適宜選択することができるが、具 体的には、上質紙、例えば、 日本写真学会編「写真工学の基礎 銀塩写真編一」、 株式会社コロナ社刊(昭和 54年)(223)〜(224)頁記載の紙等が好適なものとして 挙げられる。  The base paper is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. Specifically, it is a high-quality paper, for example, “Photographic Engineering Fundamental Silver Salt Photo Edition” edited by the Japan Photographic Society. Papers described on pages 223 to 224 of Corona Publishing Co. (Showa 54) are preferred.
[0016] 前記原紙には、表面に所望の中心線平均粗さを付与するために、例えば、特開昭 58— 68037号公報に記載されているように、繊維長分布(例えば、 24メッシュスクリ ーン残留分と、 42メッシュスクリーン残留分との合計力 例えば、 20〜45質量%であ り、かつ 24メッシュスクリーン残留分が 5質量%以下)のパルプ繊維を使用するのが 好ましい。また、マシンカレンダー及びスーパーカレンダ一等で熱及び圧力をカ卩えて 表面処理することにより、中心線平均粗さを調整することができる。  [0016] In order to impart a desired centerline average roughness to the surface of the base paper, a fiber length distribution (for example, a 24 mesh screen as described in JP-A-58-68037, for example). For example, it is preferable to use pulp fibers having a total force of 20% to 45% by mass and a remaining value of 5% or less by 24 mesh screen. In addition, the center line average roughness can be adjusted by surface treatment with heat and pressure by machine calender and super calender.
[0017] 前記原紙としては、支持体に使用されるものとして公知の材料であれば特に制限な く、 目的に応じて各種の材料力も適宜選択することができ、例えば、針葉樹、広葉樹 等の天然パルプ、該天然パルプと合成パルプの混合物等が挙げられる。  [0017] The base paper is not particularly limited as long as it is a known material used for a support, and various material strengths can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. For example, natural paper such as conifers and hardwoods can be selected. Examples thereof include pulp, a mixture of the natural pulp and synthetic pulp.
[0018] 前記原紙の原料として使用できるノルプとしては、原紙の表面平滑性、剛性及び 寸法安定性 (カール性)を同時にバランス良ぐかつ十分なレベルにまで向上させる 点から、広葉樹晒クラフトパルプ (LBKP)が望ましいが、針葉樹晒クラフトパルプ (N BKP)、広葉樹サルファイトパルプ (LBSP)等を使用することもできる。  [0018] As a norp that can be used as a raw material of the base paper, the surface smoothness, rigidity and dimensional stability (curlability) of the base paper are simultaneously improved to a sufficient level with a good balance. LBKP) is desirable, but softwood bleached kraft pulp (NBKP), hardwood sulfite pulp (LBSP), etc. can also be used.
前記ノ ルプの叩解には、ビータ、リファイナ一等を使用できる。  A beater, refiner, etc. can be used to beat the above-mentioned norp.
前記ノルプのカナダ標準濾水度は、抄紙工程にぉ ヽて紙の収縮を制御できるため 、 200〜440mlC. S. F.力 ^より好ましく、 250〜380mlC. S. F.力 ^更に好まし!/、。 前記パルプを叩解した後に得られるパルプスラリー(以下、「パルプ紙料」と称する ことがある)には、更に必要に応じて、各種添加剤、例えば、填料、乾燥紙力増強剤、 サイズ剤、湿潤紙力増強剤、定着剤、 pH調整剤、ピッチコントロール剤、スライムコン トロール剤、その他の薬剤等が添加される。 Norp's Canadian standard freeness is more preferably 200 to 440 ml C. SF force ^, more preferably 250 to 380 ml C. SF force ^ /, because paper shrinkage can be controlled during the paper making process. In the pulp slurry obtained after beating the pulp (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “pulp stock”), various additives such as a filler, a dry paper strength enhancer, Sizing agents, wet paper strength enhancers, fixing agents, pH adjusters, pitch control agents, slime control agents, and other agents are added.
前記填料としては、例えば、炭酸カルシウム、クレー、カオリン、白土、タルク、酸ィ匕 チタン、珪藻土、硫酸バリウム、水酸ィ匕アルミニウム、水酸化マグネシウム、焼成タレ 一、焼成カオリン、デラミカオリン、重質炭酸カルシウム、軽質炭酸カルシウム、炭酸 マグネシウム、炭酸バリウム、酸化亜鉛、酸化ケィ素、非晶質シリカ、水酸化アルミ- ゥム、水酸ィ匕カルシウム、水酸化亜鉛、尿素—ホルマリン榭脂、ポリスチレン榭脂、フ エノール榭脂、微小中空粒子、等が挙げられる。  Examples of the filler include, for example, calcium carbonate, clay, kaolin, white clay, talc, titanium dioxide, diatomaceous earth, barium sulfate, aluminum hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, calcined sauce, calcined kaolin, deramikaolin, heavy Calcium carbonate, light calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, barium carbonate, zinc oxide, silicon oxide, amorphous silica, aluminum hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, zinc hydroxide, urea-formalin resin, polystyrene resin Examples thereof include fat, phenol resin, and fine hollow particles.
前記乾燥紙力増強剤としては、例えば、カチオン化澱粉、カチオン化ポリアクリルァ ミド、ァ-オンィ匕ポリアクリルアミド、両性ポリアクリルアミド、カルボキシ変性ポリビュル アルコール、等が挙げられる。  Examples of the dry paper strength enhancer include cationized starch, cationized polyacrylamide, ionic polyacrylamide, amphoteric polyacrylamide, and carboxy-modified polybutyl alcohol.
前記サイズ剤としては、例えば、高級脂肪酸塩;スチレン アクリル系化合物、石油 榭脂系サイズ剤;ロジン、マレインィ匕ロジン等のロジン誘導体、パラフィンワックス、ァ ルキルケテンダイマー、ァルケ-ル無水琥珀酸 (ASA)、エポキシィ匕脂肪酸アミド等 の高級脂肪酸を含有する化合物、などが挙げられる。  Examples of the sizing agent include higher fatty acid salts; styrene acrylic compounds, petroleum rosin sizing agents; rosin derivatives such as rosin and malein rosin, paraffin wax, alkyl ketene dimer, alkale succinic anhydride (ASA). ) And compounds containing higher fatty acids such as epoxy fatty acid amides.
前記湿潤紙力増強剤としては、例えば、ポリアミンポリアミドェピクロロヒドリン、メラミ ン榭脂、尿素樹脂、エポキシィ匕ポリアミド榭脂、等が挙げられる。  Examples of the wet paper strength enhancer include polyamine polyamide epoxy hydrin, melamine resin, urea resin, epoxy polyamide resin, and the like.
前記定着剤としては、例えば、硫酸アルミニウム、塩化アルミニウム等の多価金属塩 ;アルミン酸ソーダ、塩基性塩化アルミニウム、塩基性ポリ水酸ィ匕アルミニウム等の塩 基性アルミニウム化合物;硫酸第一鉄、硫酸第二鉄等の多価金属化合物;澱粉、加 工澱粉、ポリアクリルアミド、尿素樹脂、メラミン榭脂、エポキシ榭脂、ポリアミド榭脂、 ポリアミン榭脂、ポリエチレンィミン、植物ガム、ポリエチレンオキサイド等の水溶性高 分子;カチオン化澱粉等のカチオン性ポリマー;親水性架橋ポリマー粒子分散物、こ れらの誘導体又は変性物等の各種化合物、などが挙げられる。  Examples of the fixing agent include polyvalent metal salts such as aluminum sulfate and aluminum chloride; basic aluminum compounds such as sodium aluminate, basic aluminum chloride, and basic polyhydroxyaluminum aluminum; ferrous sulfate, Polyvalent metal compounds such as ferric sulfate; starch, processed starch, polyacrylamide, urea resin, melamine resin, epoxy resin, polyamide resin, polyamine resin, polyethyleneimine, plant gum, polyethylene oxide, etc. Water-soluble high molecules; cationic polymers such as cationized starch; hydrophilic cross-linked polymer particle dispersions, various compounds such as derivatives or modified products thereof, and the like.
前記 pH調整剤としては、例えば、苛性ソーダ、炭酸ソーダ、等が挙げられる。 前記その他の薬剤としては、例えば、消泡剤、染料、スライムコントロール剤、蛍光 増白剤、等が挙げられる。  Examples of the pH adjuster include caustic soda and sodium carbonate. Examples of the other chemicals include antifoaming agents, dyes, slime control agents, fluorescent whitening agents, and the like.
更に必要に応じて、柔軟化剤等を添加することもできる。前記柔軟化剤としては、 例えば、新'紙加工便覧 (紙薬タイム社編) 554〜555頁(19δΟ年発行)等に記載の ものを用いることができる。 Furthermore, a softening agent etc. can also be added as needed. As the softening agent, For example, it is possible to use those described in the new 'paper processing Handbook (paper medicine Time Inc. eds) 5 54-5 55 pp (19Derutaomikuron year published) and the like.
これら各種添加剤等は、 1種単独で使用してもよいし、 2種以上を併用してもよい。 また、これら各種添加剤等の前記パルプ紙料中への添加量は、特に制限はなぐ 目 的に応じて適宜選択することができ、通常 0. 1〜1. 0質量%が好ましい。  These various additives may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Further, the amount of these various additives added to the pulp paper stock can be appropriately selected according to the purpose without particular limitation, and is preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass.
[0020] 前記パルプスラリーには、更に必要に応じて、前記各種添加剤等を含有させたパ ルプ紙料を手抄紙機、長網抄紙機、丸網抄紙機、ツインワイヤーマシン、コンビネー シヨンマシンなどの抄紙機を用いて抄紙し、その後、乾燥して原紙を作製する。また、 所望により前記乾燥の前後のいずれかに表面サイズ処理を実施することができる。 前記表面サイズ処理に使用される処理液は、特に制限はなぐ 目的に応じて適宜 選択することができ、例えば、水溶性高分子化合物、耐水性物質、顔料、染料、蛍光 増白剤、等が含まれていてもよい。 [0020] To the pulp slurry, pulp paper containing the various additives, if necessary, is further added to a hand paper machine, a long paper machine, a round paper machine, a twin wire machine, or a combination machine. Paper is made using a paper machine such as, and then dried to produce a base paper. Further, if desired, surface sizing treatment can be performed either before or after the drying. The treatment liquid used for the surface sizing treatment is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. For example, a water-soluble polymer compound, a water-resistant substance, a pigment, a dye, a fluorescent brightening agent, etc. It may be included.
前記水溶性高分子化合物としては、例えば、カチオン化澱粉、酸化デンプン、ポリ ビュルアルコール、カルボキシ変性ポリビュルアルコール、カルボキシメチルセル口 ース、ヒドロキシェチノレセノレロース、セノレロースサノレフェート、ゼラチン、カゼイン、ポリ アクリル酸ナトリウム、スチレン 無水マレイン酸共重合体ナトリウム塩、ポリスチレンス ルホン酸ナトリウム、等が挙げられる。  Examples of the water-soluble polymer compound include cationized starch, oxidized starch, polybutyl alcohol, carboxy-modified polybutyl alcohol, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyethylenosenorerose, senorelose sanoleate, gelatin, Casein, sodium polyacrylate, styrene maleic anhydride copolymer sodium salt, sodium polystyrene sulfonate, and the like.
[0021] 前記耐水性物質としては、例えば、スチレン ブタジエン共重合体、エチレン 酢 酸ビュル共重合体、ポリエチレン、塩ィ匕ビユリデン共重合体等のラテックス'ェマルジ ヨン類、ポリアミドポリアミンェピクロルヒドリン、合成ワックス等が挙げられる。  [0021] Examples of the water-resistant substance include latex emulsions such as styrene butadiene copolymer, ethylene acetate butyl copolymer, polyethylene, and salt vinylidene copolymer, and polyamide polyamine epoxy hydrin. And synthetic waxes.
前記顔料としては、例えば、炭酸カルシウム、クレー、カオリン、タルク、硫酸バリウム 、酸ィ匕チタン等が挙げられる。  Examples of the pigment include calcium carbonate, clay, kaolin, talc, barium sulfate, and titanium oxide.
[0022] 前記原紙は、剛性及び寸法安定性 (カール性)の向上を図る点で、縦方向ヤング 率 (Ea)と横方向ヤング率 (Eb)の比(EaZEb)が 1. 5〜2. 0の範囲にあるのが好ま しい。 EaZEb値が 1. 5未満、あるいは 2. 0を超える範囲では、画像記録材料の剛 性や、カール性が悪くなり易ぐ搬送時の走行性に支障をきたすことになるため、好ま しくない。  [0022] The ratio of the longitudinal Young's modulus (Ea) to the transverse Young's modulus (Eb) (EaZEb) of the base paper is 1.5-2 in terms of improving rigidity and dimensional stability (curling property). Preferably it is in the 0 range. When the EaZEb value is less than 1.5 or more than 2.0, the rigidity of the image recording material and the curling property are liable to deteriorate and the running property during conveyance is likely to be hindered.
[0023] 一般に、紙の「こし」は、叩解の様式の相違に基づいて異なることが分力つており、 叩解後、抄紙してなる紙が持つ弾性力(率)を紙の「こし」の程度を表す重要な因子と して用いることができる。特に、紙が持つ粘弾性体の物性を示す動的弾性率と密度と の関係を利用し、これに超音波振動素子を使って紙中を伝播する音速を測定するこ とにより、紙の弾性率を下記の式より求めることができる。 [0023] In general, paper “strains” have been determined to differ based on different beating styles, After beating, the elastic force (rate) of the paper made by papermaking can be used as an important factor representing the degree of paper “strain”. In particular, by utilizing the relationship between the dynamic elastic modulus, which indicates the physical properties of the viscoelastic material of paper, and the density, and using this ultrasonic vibration element to measure the speed of sound propagating through the paper, the elasticity of the paper The rate can be obtained from the following equation.
E= p c 1 n )  E = p c 1 n)
ただし、上記式において、 Eは、動的弾性率を意味する。 pは密度を意味する。 cは 、紙中の音速を意味する。 nは、ポアソン比を意味する。  However, in the above formula, E means dynamic elastic modulus. p means density. c means the speed of sound in the paper. n means Poisson's ratio.
[0024] また、通常の紙の場合、 n=0. 2程度であるため、下記の式で計算しても大差なぐ 算出することができる。 [0024] Further, in the case of normal paper, since n = 0.2, it can be calculated with a large difference even if it is calculated by the following formula.
2  2
E= p c  E = p c
即ち、紙の密度、音速を測定することができれば、容易に弾性率を求めることがで きる。上式において、音速を測定する場合には、ソ-ックテスター SST— 110型(野 村商事株式会社製)等の公知の各種機器を用いることができる。  That is, if the paper density and sound velocity can be measured, the elastic modulus can be easily obtained. In the above equation, when measuring the speed of sound, various known devices such as a sock tester SST-110 (manufactured by Nomura Corporation) can be used.
[0025] 前記原紙の厚みは、特に制限はなぐ 目的に応じて適宜選択することができるが、 通常、 30〜500 111カ女子ましく、 50〜300 111カ 0り女子ましく、 100〜250 m力 S更 に好ましい。前記原紙の坪量は、特に制限はなぐ 目的に応じて適宜選択することが できるが、例えば、 50〜250gZm2力好ましく、 100〜200gZm2力より好ましい。 [0025] The thickness of the base paper is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. Usually, it is 30 to 500 111 girls, 50 to 300 111 girls, 100 to 250. m force S is more preferable. The basis weight of the base paper is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. For example, 50 to 250 gZm 2 force is preferable, and 100 to 200 gZm 2 force is more preferable.
[0026] 前記原紙は、カレンダー処理されることが好ま U、。該カレンダー処理は、原紙の 画像記録面側に金属ロールが接するようにカレンダー処理することが好ましい。 前記金属ロールの表面温度は、 100°C以上が好ましぐ 150°C以上がより好ましぐ 200°C以上が更に好ましい。前記金属ロールの表面温度の上限温度は、特に制限 はなぐ 目的に応じて適宜選定することができる力 例えば、 300°C程度が好ましい。 前記カレンダー処理の際のニップ圧としては、特に制限はなぐ 目的に応じて適宜 選択することができるが、 lOOkNZcm2以上が好ましぐ 100〜600kNZcm2がより 好ましい。 [0026] Preferably, the base paper is calendered. The calendar processing is preferably performed such that the metal roll is in contact with the image recording surface side of the base paper. The surface temperature of the metal roll is preferably 100 ° C or higher, more preferably 150 ° C or higher, and further preferably 200 ° C or higher. The upper limit temperature of the surface temperature of the metal roll is a force that can be appropriately selected according to the purpose for which there is no particular limitation. For example, about 300 ° C. is preferable. As the nip pressure during calendering is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the Nag purposes, LOOkNZcm 2 or more preferably tool 100~600KNZcm 2 Gayori preferred.
[0027] 前記カレンダー処理におけるカレンダ一としては、特に制限はなぐ 目的に応じて 適宜選択することができ、例えば、金属ロールと、合成樹脂ロールとの組合せからな るソフトカレンダーロール、一対の金属ロールからなるマシンカレンダーロールを有す るものなどが挙げられる。これらの中でも、ソフトカレンダーロールを有するものが好適 であり、特に、金属ロールと、合成樹脂ベルトを介したシユーロ一ルカ なるロング二 ップのシユーカレンダーが長い-ップ幅をとることができ、原紙のキャストコート層と口 ールとの接触面積が増大することから好適である。 [0027] The calendar in the calendar process is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. For example, a soft calender roll comprising a combination of a metal roll and a synthetic resin roll, a pair of metal rolls Has a machine calendar roll consisting of And the like. Among these, those having a soft calender roll are suitable, and in particular, a metal roll and a long two-ply chew calender with a synthetic resin belt can take a long-pipe width. It is preferable because the contact area between the cast coat layer of the base paper and the tool increases.
[0028] <ポリオレフイン榭脂層 >  [0028] <Polyolefin resin layer>
前記ポリオレフイン榭脂層は、原紙の両面に少なくとも 1層設けられ、原紙の画像記 録層側には、少なくとも 2層のおもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層が設けられ、前記原紙か ら最も遠い位置にある最外おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層と、該最外おもて面ポリオレ フィン榭脂層以外のおもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層とからなる。  The polyolefin resin layer is provided at least one layer on both sides of the base paper, and at least two front surface polyolefin resin layers are provided on the image recording layer side of the base paper, and are located farthest from the base paper. The outermost front surface polyolefin resin layer and the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer other than the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer.
[0029] この場合、前記おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層が、原紙上に下側ポリオレフイン榭脂 層及び上側ポリオレフイン榭脂層をこの順に 2層積層してなる場合には、上側ポリオ レフイン榭脂層が最外おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層となり、下側ポリオレフイン榭脂 層が該最外おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層以外のおもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層とな る。  [0029] In this case, when the front surface polyolefin resin layer is formed by laminating two layers of the lower polyolefin resin layer and the upper polyolefin resin layer in this order on the base paper, the upper polyolefin resin layer The outermost surface polyolefin resin layer becomes the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer, and the lower polyolefin resin layer becomes the front surface polyolefin resin layer other than the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer.
また、前記おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層力 原紙上に下側ポリオレフイン榭脂層、 中間ポリオレフイン榭脂層、及び上側ポリオレフイン榭脂層をこの順に 3層積層してな る場合には、上側ポリオレフイン榭脂層が最外おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層となり、 下側ポリオレフイン榭脂層及び中間ポリオレフイン榭脂層が該最外おもて面ポリオレ フィン榭脂層以外のおもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層となる。  If the lower polyolefin resin layer, the intermediate polyolefin resin layer, and the upper polyolefin resin layer are laminated on the base paper in this order, the upper polyolefin resin layer The resin layer is the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer, and the lower polyolefin resin layer and the intermediate polyolefin resin layer are surface polyolefin resins other than the outermost surface polyolefin fin resin layer. Become a layer.
[0030] 本発明にお 、ては、前記原紙から最も遠!、位置にある最外おもて面ポリオレフイン 榭脂層の平均密度が、該最外おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層以外のおもて面ポリオレ フィン榭脂層のうちの少なくともいずれかの平均密度よりも小さいことを特徴とする。こ れにより、画像記録時、現像時、又は定着時における加熱によるプリスターの発生が なぐ記録ムラや定着ムラの発生のない高画質画像を記録できる。 [0030] In the present invention, the average density of the outermost front surface polyolefin resin layer located farthest from the base paper is at a position other than that of the outermost front surface polyolefin resin layer. It is characterized by being smaller than the average density of at least one of the front surface polyolefin resin layers. As a result, it is possible to record a high-quality image without occurrence of recording unevenness or fixing unevenness that causes no prestar due to heating during image recording, development, or fixing.
前記最外おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層の平均密度は 0. 930gZcm3未満が好まし ぐ 0. 925gZcm3以下がより好ましい。 The average density of the outermost front surface polyolefin榭脂layer preferably is less than 0. 930gZcm 3 instrument 0. 925gZcm 3 or less is more preferable.
また、前記最外おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層以外のおもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層 の少なくともいずれかの平均密度は 0. 930gZcm3以上が好ましぐ 0. 950g/cm3 以上がより好ましぐなお、平均密度の上限値は 0. 970gZcm3である。 The average density of at least one of the front surface polyolefin resin layers other than the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer is preferably 0.930 gZcm 3 or more. 0.950 g / cm 3 The above is more preferable, and the upper limit of the average density is 0.970 gZcm 3 .
[0031] 前記最外おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層以外のおもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層の少 なくともいずれかの厚みは 15 m以上が好ましぐ 15〜20 mがより好ましい。前記 厚みが 15 m未満であると、ブリスターに耐え得る限界温度が低下し、より低い温度 でブリスターが発生することがある。 [0031] The thickness of at least one of the front surface polyolefin resin layers other than the outermost front surface polyolefin resin layer is preferably 15 m or more, more preferably 15 to 20 m. If the thickness is less than 15 m, the limit temperature that can withstand blisters decreases, and blisters may be generated at lower temperatures.
また、前記最外おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層の厚みは 5 m以上が好ましぐ 10〜 30 μ mがより好ましい。前記最外おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層の厚みが 5 μ m未満 であると、追随性の不良に起因する記録ムラや定着ムラが生じることがあり、 30 /z m を超えると、ポリオレフイン樹脂の溶融吐出量の制約から、生産性が低下することがあ る。  Further, the thickness of the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer is preferably 10 to 30 μm, more preferably 5 m or more. If the thickness of the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer is less than 5 μm, recording irregularities and fixing irregularities may occur due to poor followability, and if it exceeds 30 / zm, the polyolefin resin Productivity may decrease due to restrictions on the melt discharge rate.
なお、前記うら面ポリオレフイン榭脂層の厚みは、特に制限はなぐ 目的に応じて適 宜選択することができるが、カールバランスの観点から、最終形態でのカールがフラ ットになるように適宜調整することが好ま U、。  The thickness of the back surface polyolefin resin layer is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. However, from the viewpoint of curl balance, the thickness of the final form is appropriately set so that the curl is flat. U, prefer to adjust.
[0032] 前記ポリオレフイン榭脂層におけるポリオレフイン榭脂としては、例えば、ポリエチレ ン榭脂、ポリプロピレン榭脂、ポリプロピレン榭脂とポリエチレン榭脂とのブレンド、高 密度ポリエチレン榭脂、高密度ポリエチレン榭脂と低密度ポリエチレン榭脂とのブレ ンド等が好適である。 Examples of the polyolefin resin in the polyolefin resin layer include, for example, polyethylene resin, polypropylene resin, blend of polypropylene resin and polyethylene resin, high density polyethylene resin, high density polyethylene resin and low A blend with a density polyethylene resin is preferred.
前記最外おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層は、密度 0. 930gZcm3以下 (好ましくは 0 . 925gZcm3以下)の低密度ポリエチレン榭脂を含有し、かつ該最外おもて面ポリオ レフイン榭脂層以外のおもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層の少なくともいずれかが密度 0. 945gZcm3以上 (好ましくは 0. 950gZcm3以上)の高密度ポリエチレン榭脂を含有 することが好ましい。 The outermost surface polyolefin resin layer contains a low density polyethylene resin having a density of 0.930 gZcm 3 or less (preferably 0.925 gZcm 3 or less), and the outermost surface polyolefin resin resin. at least one density 0. 945gZcm 3 or more tables face polyolefin榭脂layer other than the layer (preferably 0. 950gZcm 3 or higher) preferably contains a high density polyethylene榭脂of.
前記最外おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層以外のおもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層の少 なくともいずれかにおける密度 0. 945gZcm3以上の高密度ポリエチレン榭脂の含 有量が、 30質量%以上が好ましぐ 50質量%以上がより好ましい。 The content of the high-density polyethylene resin having a density of 0.945 gZcm 3 or more in at least one of the front surface polyolefin resin layers other than the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer is 30% by mass or more. 50% by mass or more is more preferable.
[0033] 前記ポリオレフイン榭脂層(おもて面及びうら面のいずれか)の少なくともいずれか 力 有機顔料及び無機顔料の ヽずれかを含有することが好ま ヽ。 [0033] It is preferable that at least one of the polyolefin resin layers (either the front surface or the back surface) contains at least one of an organic pigment and an inorganic pigment.
前記有機顔料としては、例えば、群青、セリアンブル一、フタロシアニンブルー、コ バルトバイオレット、ファストバイオレット、マンガンバイオレット、などが挙げられる。 前記無機顔料としては、例えば、二酸化チタン、炭酸カルシウム、タルク、ステアリン 酸アミド、ステアリン酸亜鉛、等が挙げられる。 Examples of the organic pigment include ultramarine blue, selenmble one, phthalocyanine blue, Baltic violet, fast violet, manganese violet, and the like. Examples of the inorganic pigment include titanium dioxide, calcium carbonate, talc, stearic acid amide, and zinc stearate.
これらの中でも、二酸ィ匕チタンが好ましい。該ニ酸ィ匕チタンとしては、アナターゼ型 及びルチル型のどちらでもよぐ該ニ酸ィ匕チタンの前記ポリオレフイン榭脂層におけ る含有量は 5〜30質量%が好ましい。  Among these, titanium dioxide is preferable. The content of titanium titanate nitric acid in the polyolefin resin layer, which may be either anatase type or rutile type, is preferably 5 to 30% by mass.
[0034] 前記ポリオレフイン榭脂層の形成方法としては、特に制限はなぐ 目的に応じて適 宜選択することができ、通常ラミネート法、逐次ラミネート法、又は、フィートブロックタ ィプ、マルチマ-ホールドタイプ、マルチスロットタイプ等の単層若しくは多層押出ダ ィ、ラミネーター等によるラミネート法、多層同時に押し出しコーティングされる共押し 出しコーティング法のいずれかの方法により被覆することにより、形成される。前記単 層若しくは多層押出用ダイの形状としては、特に制限はなぐ 目的に応じて適宜選択 することができ、例えば、 Tダイ、コートノヽンガーダイ等が好適に挙げられる。 [0034] The method for forming the polyolefin resin layer is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, and is usually a lamination method, a sequential lamination method, a foot block type, a multi-hold type. It is formed by coating by any one of a multi-slot type single layer or multilayer extrusion die, a laminating method using a laminator, or a coextrusion coating method in which multiple layers are extrusion coated simultaneously. The shape of the single-layer or multi-layer extrusion die can be appropriately selected according to the purpose without any particular limitation, and examples thereof include a T die and a coat nonga die.
[0035] 以上のようにして得られる本発明の画像記録材料用支持体は、ブリスターの発生が なぐ記録ムラや定着ムラの発生のない高画質画像を記録することができ、各種用途 に用いることができ、例えば、電子写真材料、感熱材料、昇華転写材料、熱転写材 料、熱現像材料、銀塩写真材料、インクジェット記録材料などに好適に用いることが できる。 The support for an image recording material of the present invention obtained as described above can record a high-quality image without occurrence of blistering and non-uniformity of fixing, and can be used for various applications. For example, it can be suitably used for electrophotographic materials, heat-sensitive materials, sublimation transfer materials, thermal transfer materials, heat development materials, silver salt photographic materials, ink jet recording materials, and the like.
[0036] (画像記録材料) [0036] (Image recording material)
本発明の画像記録材料は、本発明の前記画像記録材料用支持体と、該支持体上 に少なくとも画像記録層とを有してなり、更に必要に応じてその他の層を有してなる。 ここで、前記画像記録材料用支持体については、上述した通りである。 前記画像記録材料は、加熱による記録、加熱による現像、及び加熱による定着の 少なくとも 、ずれかが行われることが好まし!/、。  The image recording material of the present invention comprises the support for image recording material of the present invention and at least an image recording layer on the support, and further comprises other layers as necessary. Here, the support for the image recording material is as described above. The image recording material is preferably subjected to at least one of recording by heating, development by heating, and fixing by heating! /.
前記加熱による記録は、サーマルヘッド及びレーザーの 、ずれかで行われることが 好ましい。  The recording by heating is preferably performed by the deviation of the thermal head and the laser.
前記加熱による現像は、加熱ローラ、加熱ベルト、プレートヒーター、サーマルへッ ド、レーザー及びこれらの組合わせの 、ずれかで行われることが好まし!/、。 前記加熱による定着は、定着ローラ、定着ベルト及びこれらの組合わせのいずれか で行われることが好ましい。 It is preferable that the development by heating is performed by a deviation of a heating roller, a heating belt, a plate heater, a thermal head, a laser, and a combination thereof! /. The fixing by heating is preferably performed by any one of a fixing roller, a fixing belt, and a combination thereof.
[0037] 前記画像記録材料としては、画像記録材料の用途、種類に応じて異なり、例えば、 電子写真材料、感熱材料、昇華転写材料、熱転写材料、熱現像材料、銀塩写真材 料、インクジェット記録材料、などが挙げられる。以下、電子写真材料を中心として、 各画像記録材料ごとに説明する。  [0037] The image recording material varies depending on the use and type of the image recording material. For example, an electrophotographic material, a heat-sensitive material, a sublimation transfer material, a thermal transfer material, a heat development material, a silver salt photographic material, and an inkjet recording. Materials, etc. Hereinafter, each image recording material will be described focusing on the electrophotographic material.
[0038] <電子写真材料 >  [0038] <Electrophotographic materials>
前記電子写真材料は、本発明の前記画像記録材料用支持体と、画像記録層とし て該支持体の少なくとも一面にトナー受像層を有し、必要に応じて適宜選択したその 他の層、例えば、表面保護層、バック層、中間層、下塗り層、クッション層、帯電調節( 防止)層、反射層、色味調整層、保存性改良層、接着防止層、アンチカール層、平 滑ィ匕層などを有してなる。これらの各層は単層構造であってもよいし、積層構造であ つてもよい。  The electrophotographic material has the support for image recording material of the present invention and a toner image receiving layer on at least one surface of the support as an image recording layer, and other layers appropriately selected as necessary, for example, , Surface protective layer, back layer, intermediate layer, undercoat layer, cushion layer, charge control (prevention) layer, reflection layer, color adjustment layer, storage stability improvement layer, anti-adhesion layer, anti-curl layer, smooth layer Etc. Each of these layers may have a single layer structure or a laminated structure.
[0039] [トナー受像層]  [0039] [Toner image-receiving layer]
前記トナー受像層は、カラートナーや黒トナーを受容し、画像を形成するための層 である。該トナー受像層は、転写工程にて、(静)電気、圧力等にて現像ドラム或いは 中間転写体より画像を形成するトナーを受容し、定着工程にて熱、圧力等にて固定 化する機能を有する。  The toner image receiving layer is a layer for receiving color toner and black toner and forming an image. The toner image-receiving layer has a function of receiving toner that forms an image from a developing drum or an intermediate transfer body by (static) electricity, pressure, etc. in a transfer process, and fixing it by heat, pressure, etc. in a fixing process Have
[0040] 前記トナー受像層としては、本発明の電子写真材料を写真に近い感触とする点か ら、光透過率は 78%以下の透明性の低いトナー受像層が好ましぐ該光透過率は 7 3%以下がより好ましぐ 72%以下が更に好ましい。  [0040] The toner image-receiving layer is preferably a low-transparency toner image-receiving layer having a light transmittance of 78% or less from the viewpoint that the electrophotographic material of the present invention has a photographic feel. 73% or less is more preferable, and 72% or less is more preferable.
なお、前記光透過率は、別途ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム(100 m)上に厚 みの同じ塗布膜を形成し、その塗布膜について、直読ヘイズメーター (スガ試験機 H GM 2DP)を用いて測定することができる。  The light transmittance should be measured using a direct reading haze meter (Suga Test Instruments H GM 2DP) separately formed on a polyethylene terephthalate film (100 m) with the same thickness. Can do.
[0041] 前記トナー受像層は、熱可塑性榭脂を少なくとも含有し、更に必要に応じてトナー 受像層の熱力学的特性を改良する目的で添加される各種添加剤、例えば、離型剤、 可塑剤、着色剤、フィラー、架橋剤、帯電制御剤、乳化剤、分散剤等を含有する。  [0041] The toner image-receiving layer contains at least a thermoplastic resin, and further various additives added for the purpose of improving the thermodynamic properties of the toner image-receiving layer, for example, a release agent, a plasticizer. Contains a colorant, a colorant, a filler, a crosslinking agent, a charge control agent, an emulsifier, a dispersant and the like.
[0042] 熱可塑性榭脂ー 前記熱可塑性榭脂としては、特に制限はなぐ 目的に応じて適宜選択することがで き、 (1)ポリオレフイン系榭脂、(2)ポリスチレン系榭脂、(3)アクリル系榭脂、(4)ポリ 酢酸ビニル又はその誘導体、(5)ポリアミド系榭脂、(6)ポリエステル榭脂、(7)ポリ力 ーボネート榭脂、(8)ポリエーテル榭脂 (又はァセタール榭脂)、(9)その他の榭脂、 などが挙げられる。これらは、 1種単独で使用してもよいし、 2種以上を併用しても構 わない。これらの中でも、トナーの埋め込みの点から凝集エネルギーの大きいスチレ ン系榭脂、アクリル系榭脂、ポリエステル系榭脂が特に好適に用いられる。 [0042] Thermoplastic resin The thermoplastic resin is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. (1) Polyolefin resin, (2) Polystyrene resin, (3) Acrylic resin, (4 ) Polyvinyl acetate or its derivatives, (5) Polyamide resin, (6) Polyester resin, (7) Polycarbonate resin, (8) Polyether resin (or Acetal resin), (9) Others And the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these, styrene resin, acrylic resin, and polyester resin having a large cohesive energy are particularly preferably used from the viewpoint of embedding toner.
前記(1)のポリオレフイン系榭脂としては、例えば、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン等 のポリオレフイン榭脂、エチレン、プロピレン等のォレフィンと他のビュルモノマーとの 共重合榭脂、などが挙げられる。前記ォレフィンと他のビュルモノマーとの共重合榭 脂としては、例えば、エチレン 酢酸ビュル共重合体、アクリル酸ゃメタクリル酸との 共重合体であるアイオノマー榭脂などが挙げられる。なお、ポリオレフイン樹脂の誘導 体としては、塩素化ポリエチレン、クロルスルホンィ匕ポリエチレンなどが挙げられる。 前記(2)のポリスチレン系榭脂としては、例えば、ポリスチレン榭脂、スチレン イソ ブチレン共重合体、アクリロニトリル—スチレン共重合体 (AS榭脂)、アクリロニトリル ブタジエン スチレン共重合体 (ABS榭脂)、ポリスチレン 無水マレイン酸榭脂 などが挙げられる。  Examples of the polyolefin resin of (1) include polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene, and copolymer resins of olefins such as ethylene and propylene and other bur monomers. Examples of the copolymer resin of the olefin and other bulle monomers include, for example, an ethylene acetate butyl copolymer, an ionomer resin that is a copolymer of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and the like. Examples of the polyolefin resin derivative include chlorinated polyethylene and chlorosulfone-polyethylene. Examples of the polystyrene-based resin (2) include polystyrene resin, styrene-isobutylene copolymer, acrylonitrile-styrene copolymer (AS resin), acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer (ABS resin), polystyrene. Maleic anhydride and the like.
前記(3)のアクリル系榭脂としては、例えば、ポリアクリル酸又はそのエステル類、ポ リメタクリル酸又はそのエステル類、ポリアクリロニトリル、ポリアクリルアミドなどが挙げ られる。  Examples of the acrylic resin of (3) include polyacrylic acid or esters thereof, polymethacrylic acid or esters thereof, polyacrylonitrile, polyacrylamide and the like.
前記ポリアクリル酸のエステル類としては、アクリル酸のエステルのホモポリマーや 多元コポリマーなどが挙げられる。前記アクリル酸のエステルとしては、例えば、アタリ ル酸メチル、アクリル酸ェチル、アクリル酸 n—ブチル、アクリル酸イソブチル、アタリ ル酸ドデシル、アクリル酸 n—ォクチル、アクリル酸 2—ェチルへキシル、アクリル酸 2 クロルェチル、アクリル酸フエ-ル、 OC クロルアクリル酸メチル、などが挙げられる 前記ポリメタクリル酸のエステル類としては、例えば、メタクリル酸のエステルのホモ ポリマーや多元コポリマーなどが挙げられる。前記メタクリル酸のエステルとしては、 例えば、メタクリル酸メチル、メタクリル酸ェチル、メタクリル酸ブチルなどが挙げられる 前記 (4)のポリ酢酸ビュル又はその誘導体としては、例えば、ポリ酢酸ビニル、ポリ 酢酸ビュルをケン化することにより得られるポリビュルアルコール、ポリビュルアルコ ールをアルデヒド(例えば、ホルムアルデヒド、ァセトアルデヒド、ブチルアルデヒド等) と反応させて得られるポリビニルァセタール榭脂などが挙げられる。 Examples of the polyacrylic acid esters include homopolymers and multi-component copolymers of acrylic acid esters. Examples of the ester of acrylic acid include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, n-butyl acrylate, isobutyl acrylate, dodecyl acrylate, n-octyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, and acrylic acid. Examples of the methacrylic acid esters include homopolymers and multi-component copolymers of the methacrylic acid esters. As the ester of methacrylic acid, For example, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, butyl methacrylate, etc. Examples of the polyacetate bule or derivative thereof of (4) above include, for example, polybute obtained by saponifying polyvinyl acetate and polyacetate bule. Examples thereof include polyvinyl acetal resin obtained by reacting alcohol or polybutyl alcohol with an aldehyde (for example, formaldehyde, acetoaldehyde, butyraldehyde, etc.).
前記(5)のポリアミド系榭脂はジァミンと二塩基酸との重縮合体であり、 6—ナイロン 、 6,6—ナイロンなどが挙げられる。  The polyamide-based resin (5) is a polycondensate of diamine and dibasic acid, and examples thereof include 6-nylon and 6,6-nylon.
前記(6)のポリエステル榭脂は、酸成分とアルコール成分の縮合重合により製造さ れる。前記酸成分としては、特に制限はなぐ 目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、 例えば、マレイン酸、フマル酸、シトラコン酸、ィタコン酸、グルタコン酸、フタル酸、テ レフタル酸、イソフタル酸、コハク酸、アジピン酸、セバチン酸、ァゼライン酸、マロン 酸、 n ドデセニルコハク酸、イソドデセニルコハク酸、 n—ドデシルコハク酸、イソドデ シルコハク酸、 n オタテュルコハク酸、 n—ォクチルコハク酸、イソオタテュルコハク 酸、イソォクチルコハク酸、トリメリット酸、ピロメリット酸、これらの酸無水物、又はこれら の低級アルキルエステル等が挙げられる。 The polyester resin of the above (6) is produced by condensation polymerization of an acid component and an alcohol component. The acid component is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. For example, maleic acid, fumaric acid, citraconic acid, itaconic acid, glutaconic acid, phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, succinic acid , Adipic acid, sebacic acid, azelaic acid, malonic acid, n-dodecenyl succinic acid, isododecenyl succinic acid, n-dodecyl succinic acid, isododecyl succinic acid, n otatur succinic acid, n-octyl succinic acid, iso otatur succinic acid, iso Examples include octyl succinic acid, trimellitic acid, pyromellitic acid, acid anhydrides thereof, or lower alkyl esters thereof.
前記アルコール成分としては、特に制限はなぐ 目的に応じて適宜選択することが でき、例えば、二価のアルコールが好ましい。脂肪族ジオールとしては、例えば、ェ チレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、 1,2—プロピレング リコール、 1,3 プロピレングリコール、 1,4 ブタンジオール、ネオペンチルグリコー ル、 1,4ーブテンジオール、 1,5 ペンタンジオール、 1,6 へキサンジオール、 1,4 ーシクロへキサンジメタノール、ジプロピレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコール、ポリ プロピレングリコール、ポリテトレメチレングリコールなどが挙げられる。また、ビスフエノ ール Aのアルキレンォキシド付カ卩物としては、例えば、ポリオキシプロピレン(2. 2) 2,2 ビス(4 ヒドロキシフエ-ル)プロパン、ポリオキシプロピレン(3. 3)— 2,2 ビ ス(4 ヒドロキシフエ-ル)プロパン、ポリオキシエチレン(2. 0)—2,2 ビス(4 ヒド ロキシフエ-ル)プロパン、ポリオキシプロピレン(2. 0)—ポリオキシエチレン(2. 0) — 2,2 ビス(4 ヒドロキシフエ-ル)プロパン、ポリオキシプロピレン(6)—2,2 ビス (4ーヒドロキシフエ-ル)プロパンなどが挙げられる。 The alcohol component is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. For example, a divalent alcohol is preferable. Examples of the aliphatic diol include ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3 propylene glycol, 1,4 butanediol, neopentyl glycol, 1,4-butenediol, 1, 5 Examples include pentanediol, 1,6 hexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, dipropylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, and polytetremethylene glycol. Examples of bisphenol A alkylene oxide products include polyoxypropylene (2.2) 2,2 bis (4 hydroxyphenol) propane, polyoxypropylene (3.3) -2. , 2 Bis (4 hydroxyphenol) propane, polyoxyethylene (2.0) -2,2 Bis (4hydroxyphenyl) propane, polyoxypropylene (2.0) —Polyoxyethylene (2. 0) — 2,2 Bis (4 hydroxyphenol) propane, polyoxypropylene (6) —2,2 Bis (4-hydroxyphenol) propane and the like can be mentioned.
前記(7)のポリカーボネート榭脂としては、ビスフエノール Aとホスゲン力 得られる ポリ炭酸エステルが一般的である。  As the polycarbonate resin (7), bisphenol A and a polycarbonate obtained by phosgene are generally used.
前記(8)のポリエーテル榭脂(又はァセタール榭脂)としては、例えば、ポリエチレン オキサイド、ポリプロピレンオキサイド等のポリエーテル榭脂、開環重合系としてポリオ キシメチレン等のァセタール榭脂などが挙げられる。  Examples of the polyether resin (or acetal resin) in (8) include polyether resins such as polyethylene oxide and polypropylene oxide, and acetal resins such as polyoxymethylene as the ring-opening polymerization system.
前記(9)のその他榭脂として重付加系のポリウレタン榭脂などが挙げられる。  Examples of the other (9) resin include polyaddition polyurethane resin.
[0044] なお、前記熱可塑性榭脂としては、前記トナー受像層を形成した状態で後述のトナ 一受像層物性を満足できるものが好ましぐ榭脂単独でも後述のトナー受像層物性 を満足できるものがより好ましぐ後述するトナー受像層物性の異なる榭脂を 2種以上 併用することも好ましい。 [0044] The thermoplastic resin preferably satisfies the toner image-receiving layer properties described later in the state where the toner image-receiving layer is formed. Even if the resin alone is preferable, the toner image-receiving layer properties described later can be satisfied. It is also preferable to use two or more types of resins having different physical properties of the toner image-receiving layer, which will be described later.
[0045] 前記熱可塑性榭脂としては、トナーに用いられている熱可塑性榭脂に比べて分子 量が大きいものが好ましい。ただし、該分子量は前記トナーに用いられている熱可塑 性榭脂と、前記トナー受像層における熱可塑性榭脂との熱力学的特性の関係によつ ては、必ずしも前述の分子量の関係が好ましいとは限らない。例えば、前記トナーに 用いられて ヽる熱可塑性榭脂より、前記トナー受像層における熱可塑性榭脂の軟ィ匕 温度の方が高い場合、分子量は同等か、前記トナー受像層における熱可塑性榭脂 の方が小さ 、ことが好まし 、場合がある。 [0045] The thermoplastic resin preferably has a larger molecular weight than the thermoplastic resin used in the toner. However, the molecular weight is preferably the above-described molecular weight relationship because of the relationship between the thermodynamic properties of the thermoplastic resin used in the toner and the thermoplastic resin in the toner image-receiving layer. Not necessarily. For example, when the softening temperature of the thermoplastic resin in the toner image-receiving layer is higher than the thermoplastic resin used in the toner, the molecular weight is the same or the thermoplastic resin in the toner-image-receiving layer. It may be preferable to be smaller.
[0046] 前記トナー受像層の熱可塑性榭脂として、同一組成の榭脂であって互いに平均分 子量が異なるものの混合物を用いるのも好ましい。また、前記トナーに用いられてい る熱可塑性榭脂の分子量との関係としては、特開平 8— 334915号公報に開示され ている関係が好ましい。 [0046] As the thermoplastic resin of the toner image-receiving layer, it is also preferable to use a mixture of resins having the same composition and different average molecular weights. The relationship disclosed in JP-A-8-334915 is preferred as the relationship with the molecular weight of the thermoplastic resin used in the toner.
前記トナー受像層の熱可塑性榭脂の分子量分布としては、前記トナーに用いられ て 、る熱可塑性榭脂の分子量分布よりも広 、のが好ま 、。  The molecular weight distribution of the thermoplastic resin in the toner image-receiving layer is preferably wider than the molecular weight distribution of the thermoplastic resin used in the toner.
前記トナー受像層の熱可塑性榭脂としては、特開平 5— 127413号公報、特開平 8 194394号公報、特開平 8— 334915号公報、特開平 8— 334916号公報、特開 平 9— 171265号公報、特開平 10— 221877号公報等に開示されている物性を満 足するものが好ましい。 [0047] 前記トナー受像層用熱可塑性榭脂としては、 (i)塗布乾燥工程での有機溶剤の排 出がなぐ環境適性、作業適性に優れている。(ii)ワックス等の離型剤は、室温では 溶剤に溶解し難いものが多ぐ使用に際して予め溶媒 (水、有機溶剤)に分散するこ とが多い。また、水分散形態の方が安定で、かつ、製造工程適性に優れる。更に、水 系塗布の方が塗布乾燥の過程でワックスが表面にブリーデイングし易ぐ離型剤の効 果 (耐オフセット性、耐接着性等)が得やすい。という理由から、水分散性ポリマー及 び水溶性ポリマー等の水系の榭脂が好適に用いられる。 As the thermoplastic resin for the toner image-receiving layer, JP-A-5-127413, JP-A-8 194394, JP-A-8-334915, JP-A-8-334916, JP-A-9-171265. Those satisfying the physical properties disclosed in JP-A-10-221877 and the like are preferable. [0047] The thermoplastic resin for the toner image-receiving layer is excellent in environmental suitability and work suitability in which (i) organic solvent is not discharged in the coating and drying step. (Ii) Many release agents such as waxes are difficult to dissolve in a solvent at room temperature and are often dispersed in a solvent (water, organic solvent) in advance. In addition, the water dispersion form is more stable and more suitable for the manufacturing process. Furthermore, it is easier to obtain the effect of a release agent (offset resistance, adhesion resistance, etc.) in the case of aqueous coating, because the wax is easily bleached on the surface during the coating and drying process. For this reason, water-based resin such as water-dispersible polymer and water-soluble polymer is preferably used.
[0048] 前記水系の榭脂としては、水分散性ポリマー及び水溶性ポリマーのいずれかであ れば、その組成、結合構造、分子構造、分子量、分子量分布、形態などについて特 に制限するものではなぐ 目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、前記ポリマーの水 系化基としては、例えば、スルホン酸基、水酸基、カルボン酸基、アミノ基、アミド基、 エーテル基等が挙げられる。  [0048] The water-based resin is not particularly limited in terms of its composition, bond structure, molecular structure, molecular weight, molecular weight distribution, morphology, etc., as long as it is either a water-dispersible polymer or a water-soluble polymer. However, the water-based group of the polymer includes, for example, a sulfonic acid group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an amino group, an amide group, an ether group, and the like.
[0049] 前記水分散性ポリマーとしては、例えば、前記(1)〜(9)の熱可塑性榭脂を水分散 した榭脂、ェマルジヨン、これらの共重合体、混合物、及びカチオン変性物の中から 適宜選択し、 2種以上を組合わせることができる。  [0049] Examples of the water-dispersible polymer include, among the above-mentioned resins, (1) to (9), which are water-dispersed thermoplastic resins, emulsions, copolymers thereof, mixtures, and cation-modified products. It can be selected as appropriate, and two or more can be combined.
前記水分散性ポリマーは、適宜合成したものを使用してもよいし、市販品を使用し てもよい。該市販品としては、例えば、ポリエステル系の水分散性ポリマーとしては、 東洋紡績株式会社製のバイロナールシリーズ、高松油脂株式会社製のぺスレジン A シリーズ、花王株式会社製のタフトン UEシリーズ、 日本合成化学工業株式会社製の ポリエスター WRシリーズ、ュ-チカ株式会社製のエリーテルシリーズ等が挙げられる As the water-dispersible polymer, a suitably synthesized polymer may be used, or a commercially available product may be used. Examples of the commercially available products include polyester-based water-dispersible polymers such as Toyobo Co., Ltd.'s Bironal series, Takamatsu Yushi Co., Ltd. Pesresin A series, Kao Corporation's Tufton UE series, Nippon Gosei Co., Ltd. For example, Polyester WR series manufactured by Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
。アクリル系の水分散性ポリマーとしては、星光化学工業株式会社製のハイロス XE、 KE、 PEシリーズ、 日本純薬株式会社製のジュリマー ETシリーズ等が挙げられる。 . Examples of acrylic water-dispersible polymers include Hiros XE, KE, PE series manufactured by Seiko Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. and Jurimer ET series manufactured by Nippon Pure Chemical Co., Ltd.
[0050] 前記水分散性ェマルジヨンとしては、特に制限はなぐ 目的に応じて適宜選択する ことができ、例えば、水分散性ポリウレタンェマルジヨン、水分散性ポリエステルエマ [0050] The water-dispersible emulsion is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. For example, the water-dispersible polyurethane emulsion, the water-dispersible polyester emulsifier.
、ビュルピリジン スチレン ブタジエン系ェマルジヨン、ポリブテン系ェマルジヨン、 ポリエチレン系ェマルジヨン、酢酸ビニル系ェマルジヨン、エチレン 酢酸ビュル系ェ マルジヨン、塩化ビ-リデン系ェマルジヨン、メチルメタクリレートーブタジエン系エマ ルジョン等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、水分散性ポリエステルェマルジヨンが特に 好ましい。 , Butylpyridine styrene butadiene emulsion, polybutene emulsion, polyethylene emulsion, vinyl acetate emulsion, ethylene Examples include a mardijon, a vinylidene chloride emulsion, and a methyl methacrylate-butadiene emulsion. Among these, water dispersible polyester emulsion is particularly preferable.
前記水分散性ポリエステルェマルジヨンとしては、自己分散型水系ポリエステルェ マルジヨンであることが好ましぐこれらの中でも、カルボキシル基含有自己分散型水 系ポリエステル榭脂ェマルジヨンが特に好ましい。ここで、前記自己分散型水系ポリ エステルエマルジヨンとは、乳化剤等を用いることなぐ水系溶媒中に自己分散し得 るポリエステル榭脂を含む水系ェマルジヨンを意味する。また、前記カルボキシル基 含有自己分散型水系ポリエステル榭脂ェマルジヨンとは、親水性基としてカルボキシ ル基を含有し、水系溶媒中に自己分散し得るポリエステル榭脂を含む水系ェマルジ ヨンを意味する。  The water-dispersible polyester emulsion is preferably a self-dispersing water-based polyester emulsion. Among these, a carboxyl group-containing self-dispersing water-based polyester emulsion is particularly preferable. Here, the self-dispersing aqueous polyester emulsion means an aqueous emulsion containing a polyester resin that can be self-dispersed in an aqueous solvent without using an emulsifier or the like. The carboxyl group-containing self-dispersing aqueous polyester resin emulsion means an aqueous emulsion containing a polyester resin that contains a carboxyl group as a hydrophilic group and can be self-dispersed in an aqueous solvent.
[0051] 前記自己分散型の水分散性ポリエステルェマルジヨンとしては、下記(1)〜 (4)の 特性を満たすものが好ましい。これは、界面活性剤を使用しない自己分散型なので、 高湿雰囲気でも吸湿性が低ぐ水分による軟ィヒ点低下が少なぐ定着時のオフセット 発生、保存時のシート間接着故障の発生を抑制できる。また、水系であるため環境 性、作業性に優れている。更に、凝集エネルギーが高い分子構造をとりやすぃポリエ ステル榭脂を用いているので、保存環境では十分な硬度を有しながら、電子写真の 定着工程では低弾性 (低粘性)の溶融状態となり、トナーが受像層に埋め込まれて十 分な高画質が達成可能となる。  [0051] The self-dispersing water-dispersible polyester emulsion preferably satisfies the following characteristics (1) to (4). This is a self-dispersing type that does not use a surfactant, so it suppresses the occurrence of offset during fixing and sheet-to-sheet adhesion failure during storage, with a low decrease in softness point due to moisture with low hygroscopicity even in a high humidity atmosphere. it can. In addition, because it is water-based, it has excellent environmental performance and workability. In addition, polyester resin that has a high cohesive energy molecular structure is used, so it has sufficient hardness in the storage environment, but in the fixing process of electrophotography, it becomes a low elastic (low viscosity) molten state, Toner can be embedded in the image receiving layer to achieve sufficient image quality.
(1)数平均分子量(Mn)は、 5,000〜10,000力 子ましく、 5,000〜7,000力より好ま しい。  (1) Number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 5,000 to 10,000 force, more preferably 5,000 to 7,000 force.
(2)分子量分布 (重量平均分子量 Z数平均分子量)は、 4以下が好ましぐ Mw/M n≤ 3がより好ましい。  (2) The molecular weight distribution (weight average molecular weight Z number average molecular weight) is preferably 4 or less, more preferably Mw / M n≤3.
(3)ガラス転移温度 (Tg)は、 40〜100°Cが好ましぐ 50〜80°Cがより好ましい。 (3) The glass transition temperature (Tg) is preferably 40 to 100 ° C, more preferably 50 to 80 ° C.
(4)体積平均粒子径は、 20〜200nm力 子ましく、 40〜150nm力より好ましい。 前記水分散性ェマルジヨンの前記トナー受像層における含有量は、 10〜90質量(4) The volume average particle size is preferably 20 to 200 nm, more preferably 40 to 150 nm. The content of the water-dispersible emulsion in the toner image-receiving layer is 10 to 90 mass
%が好ましぐ 10〜70質量%がより好ましい。 10 to 70% by mass is more preferable.
[0052] 前記水溶性ポリマーとしては、重量平均分子量 (Mw)が 400,000以下であれば特 に制限はなぐ 目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、適宜合成したものを使用して もよいし、市販品を使用してもよぐ例えば、ポリビニルアルコール、カルボキシ変性ポ リビニノレアノレコーノレ、カルボキシメチルセルロース、ヒドロキシェチルセルロース、セル ロースサルフェート、ポリエチレンオキサイド、ゼラチン、カチオン化澱粉、カゼイン、 ポリアクリル酸ナトリウム、スチレン 無水マレイン酸共重合体ナトリウム、ポリスチレン スルホン酸ナトリウム、等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、ポリエチレンオキサイドが好 ましい。 [0052] The water-soluble polymer is special if the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is 400,000 or less. There are no restrictions, and it can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, and an appropriately synthesized product may be used, or a commercially available product may be used. For example, polyvinyl alcohol, carboxy-modified polyvinylinoreconole, Examples thereof include carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, cellulose sulfate, polyethylene oxide, gelatin, cationized starch, casein, sodium polyacrylate, styrene-maleic anhydride copolymer sodium, and sodium polystyrene sulfonate. Of these, polyethylene oxide is preferred.
前記水溶性ポリマーの市販品としては、水溶性ポリエステルとして瓦応化学工業株 式会社製の各種プラスコート、大日本インキ化学工業株式会社製のファインテックス ESシリーズ、水溶性アクリルとして日本純薬株式会社製のジュリマー ATシリーズ、大 日本インキ化学工業製ファインテックス 6161、 K— 96;星光化学工業株式会社製の ハイロス NL— 1189、 BH— 997L等が挙げられる。  Commercially available products of the water-soluble polymer include water-soluble polyesters as various plus coats manufactured by Kairai Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., Finetex ES series manufactured by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, and Nippon Pure Chemical Co., Ltd. as water-soluble acrylics. Jurimer AT series manufactured by Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc. Finetex 6161, K-96; HIROS NL-1189, BH-997L manufactured by Seiko Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
また、前記水溶性ポリマーとしては、リサーチ 'ディスクロージャー 17, 643号の 26 頁、リサーチ 'ディスクロージャー 18, 716号の 651頁、リサーチ 'ディスクロージャー 307, 105号の 873〜874頁、及び特開日召 64— 13546号公報に記載されたもの力 S 挙げられる。  Examples of the water-soluble polymer include Research 'Disclosure 17, 643, page 26, Research' Disclosure 18, 716, page 651, Research 'Disclosure 307, 105, pages 873-874, and JP — The power S described in the 13546 gazette.
[0053] 前記水溶性ポリマーの前記トナー受像層における含有量は、特に制限はなぐ 目 的に応じて適宜選択することができ、 0. 5〜2gZm2が好ましい。 [0053] The content of the water-soluble polymer in the toner image-receiving layer can be appropriately selected according to the purpose without particular limitation, and is preferably 0.5 to 2 gZm2.
[0054] 前記熱可塑性榭脂は、他のポリマー材料と併用することもできるが、その場合、他 のポリマー材料よりも、一般に含有量は多くなるように使用される。  [0054] The thermoplastic resin can be used in combination with other polymer materials, but in that case, the thermoplastic resin is generally used in such a manner that its content is larger than that of other polymer materials.
前記トナー受像層用熱可塑性榭脂の、前記トナー受像層における含有量は、 10質 量%以上が好ましぐ 30質量%以上がより好ましぐ 50質量%以上が更に好ましぐ 50〜90質量%が特に好ましい。  The content of the thermoplastic resin for the toner image-receiving layer in the toner image-receiving layer is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and more preferably 50% by mass or more. Mass% is particularly preferred.
[0055] 離型剤一 [0055] One mold release agent
前記離型剤は、前記トナー受像層のオフセットを防ぐため、前記トナー受像層に配 合される。本発明で使用される離型剤は、定着温度において加熱し、融解され、前記 トナー受像層表面に析出してトナー受像層表面に偏在し、更に、冷却し、固化される ことによってトナー受像層表面に離型剤の層を形成するものであれば、その種類は 特に限定はなぐ目的に応じて適宜選択することができる。 The release agent is combined with the toner image receiving layer in order to prevent offset of the toner image receiving layer. The release agent used in the present invention is heated and melted at a fixing temperature, and is deposited on the surface of the toner image receiving layer, unevenly distributed on the surface of the toner image receiving layer, and further cooled and solidified to be used as a toner image receiving layer. If it forms a layer of release agent on the surface, the type is In particular, the limitation can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose.
前記離型剤としては、シリコーンィ匕合物、フッ素化合物、ワックス及びマット剤力も選 択される少なくとも 1種が挙げられる。  Examples of the release agent include at least one selected from silicone compounds, fluorine compounds, waxes, and matting agent power.
[0056] 前記離型剤としては、例えば、幸書房「改訂 ワックスの性質と応用」、日刊工業新 聞社発行のシリコーンノヽンドブック記載の化合物を用いることができる。また、特公昭 59— 38581号、特公平 4— 32380号、特許第 2838498号、特許第 2949558号、 特開昭 50— 117433号、特開昭 52— 52640号、特開昭 57— 148755号、特開昭 6 1— 62056号、特開昭 61— 62057号、特開昭 61— 118760号、特開平 2— 42451 号、特開平 3— 41465号、特開平 4— 212175号、特開平 4— 214570号、特開平 4[0056] As the mold release agent, for example, compounds described in Sekishobo "Revised Wax Properties and Applications", published by Nikkan Kogyo Shimbun Co., Ltd., Silicone Knowbook can be used. Also, JP-B-59-38581, JP-B-4-32380, Patent No. 2838498, Patent No. 2949558, JP-A-50-117433, JP-A-52-52640, JP-A-57-148755, JP-A-6-62056, JP-A-61-62057, JP-A-61-118760, JP-A-2-42451, JP-A-3-41465, JP-A-4-212175, JP-A-4-212 214570, JP 4
— 263267号、特開平 5— 34966号、特開平 5— 119514号、特開平 6— 59502号 、特開平 6— 161150号、特開平 6— 175396号、特開平 6— 219040号、特開平 6— 263267, JP-A-5-34966, JP-A-5-119514, JP-A-6-59502, JP-A-6-161150, JP-A-6-175396, JP-A-6-219040, JP-A-6
— 230600号、特開平 6— 295093号、特開平 7— 36210号、特開平 7— 43940号 、特開平 7— 56387号、特開平 7— 56390号、特開平 7— 64335号、特開平 7— 19 9681号、特開平 7— 223362号、特開平 7— 287413号、特開平 8— 184992号、 特開平 8— 227180号、特開平 8— 248671号、特開平 8— 248799号、特開平 8— 248801号、特開平 8— 278663号、特開平 9— 152739号、特開平 9— 160278号 、特開平 9— 185181号、特開平 9 319139号、特開平 9 319143号、特開平 10— 230600, JP-A-6-295093, JP-A-7-36210, JP-A-7-43940, JP-A-7-56387, JP-A-7-56390, JP-A-7-64335, JP-A-7- 19 9681, JP-A-7-223362, JP-A-7-287413, JP-A-8-184992, JP-A-8-227180, JP-A-8-248671, JP-A-8-248799, JP-A-8- 248801, JP-A-8-278663, JP-A-9-152739, JP-A-9-160278, JP-A-9-185181, JP-A-9 319139, JP-A-9 319143, JP-A-10
— 20549号、特開平 10— 48889号、特開平 10— 198069号、特開平 10— 20711 6号、特開平 11— 2917号、特開平 11— 44969号、特開平 11— 65156号、特開平 11 - 73049号、特開平 11— 194542号の各公報に記載のトナーに用いられて 、る シリコーン系化合物、フッ素化合物又はワックスも好ましく用いることができる。また、 これら化合物を複数組み合わせて使用することもできる。 — 20549, JP-A-10-48889, JP-A-10-198069, JP-A-10-207116, JP-A-11-2917, JP-A-11-44969, JP-A-11-65156, JP-A-11 Silicone compounds, fluorine compounds, and waxes that are used in the toners described in JP-A No. 73049 and JP-A-11-194542 can also be preferably used. A combination of these compounds can also be used.
[0057] 前記シリコーン系化合物としては、例えば、シリコーンオイル、シリコーンゴム、シリコ ーン微粒子、シリコーン変性榭脂、反応性シリコーンィ匕合物などが挙げられる。  [0057] Examples of the silicone compound include silicone oil, silicone rubber, silicone fine particles, silicone-modified resin, reactive silicone compound, and the like.
[0058] 前記シリコーンオイルとしては、例えば、無変性シリコーンオイル、ァミノ変性シリコ ーンオイル、カルボキシ変性シリコーンオイル、カルビノール変性シリコーンオイル、 ビュル変性シリコーンオイル、エポキシ変性シリコーンオイル、ポリエーテル変性シリ コーンオイル、シラノール変性シリコーンオイル、メタクリル変性シリコーンオイル、メル カプト変性シリコーンオイル、アルコール変性シリコーンオイル、アルキル変性シリコ ーンオイル、フッ素変性シリコーンオイルなどが挙げられる。 [0058] Examples of the silicone oil include non-modified silicone oil, amino-modified silicone oil, carboxy-modified silicone oil, carbinol-modified silicone oil, bur-modified silicone oil, epoxy-modified silicone oil, polyether-modified silicone oil, and silanol. Modified silicone oil, methacrylic modified silicone oil, Mel Examples include capto-modified silicone oil, alcohol-modified silicone oil, alkyl-modified silicone oil, and fluorine-modified silicone oil.
前記シリコーン変性榭脂としては、例えば、ォレフィン榭脂、ポリエステル榭脂、ビ- ル榭脂、ポリアミド榭脂、セルロース榭脂、フエノキシ榭脂、塩ィ匕ビュル一酢酸ビュル 榭脂、ウレタン榭脂、アクリル榭脂、スチレン—アクリル榭脂、又はこれらの共重合榭 脂をシリコーン変性した榭脂等が挙げられる。  Examples of the silicone-modified resin include olefin resin, polyester resin, beer resin, polyamide resin, cellulose resin, phenoxy resin, salt butyl monoacetate resin, urethane resin, Examples thereof include acrylic resins, styrene-acrylic resins, and resins obtained by modifying these copolymer resins with silicone.
[0059] 前記フッ素化合物としては、特に制限はなぐ 目的に応じて適宜選択することができ 、例えば、フッ素オイル、フッ素ゴム、フッ素変性榭脂、フッ素スルホン酸ィ匕合物、フ ルォロスルホン酸、フッ素酸ィ匕合物又はその塩、無機フッ化物などが挙げられる。  [0059] The fluorine compound is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose. Examples thereof include fluorine oil, fluorine rubber, fluorine-modified resin, fluorine sulfonic acid compound, fluorosulfonic acid, fluorine Examples thereof include an acid compound or a salt thereof, and an inorganic fluoride.
[0060] 前記ワックスとしては、天然ワックスと合成ワックスに大別することができる。  [0060] The wax can be roughly classified into a natural wax and a synthetic wax.
前記天然ワックスとしては、植物系ワックス、動物系ワックス、鉱物系ワックス及び石 油ワックス力 選択される少なくともいずれかが好ましぐこれらの中でも、植物系ヮッ タスが特に好ましい。前記天然ワックスとしては、特に、前記トナー受像層用ポリマー として水系榭脂を用いた場合の相溶性等の点で、水分散型ワックスが好ま 、。  Among these natural waxes, plant-based waxes, animal-based waxes, mineral-based waxes, and at least one selected from oil-based wax power are preferred among these, and plant-based nuts are particularly preferable. As the natural wax, a water-dispersed wax is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of compatibility when an aqueous resin is used as the polymer for the toner image-receiving layer.
[0061] 前記植物系ワックスとしては、特に制限はなぐ公知のものの中力も適宜選択するこ とができ、巿販品であってもよいし、適宜合成したものであってもよい。該植物系ヮッ タスとしては、例えば、カルナバワックス、ヒマシ油、ナタネ油、大豆油、木ろう、綿ろう 、ライスワックス、サトウキビワックス、キャンデリラワックス、ジャパンワックス、ホホバ油 等が挙げられる。  [0061] The plant-based wax can be appropriately selected from publicly known medium strengths that are not particularly limited, and may be a commercial product or an appropriately synthesized product. Examples of the plant-based potato include carnauba wax, castor oil, rapeseed oil, soybean oil, wood wax, cotton wax, rice wax, sugarcane wax, candelilla wax, Japan wax, jojoba oil and the like.
前記カルナバワックスの市販品としては、例えば、 日本精鎩株式会社製の EMUS TAR— 0413、中京油脂株式会社製のセロゾール 524等が挙げられる。前記ヒマシ 油の市販品としては、伊藤製油株式会社製の精製ヒマシ油等が挙げられる。  Examples of the commercial products of the carnauba wax include EMUS TAR-0413 manufactured by Nippon Seiki Co., Ltd., Cellozol 524 manufactured by Chukyo Yushi Co., Ltd., and the like. Examples of commercially available castor oil include refined castor oil manufactured by Ito Oil Co., Ltd.
これらの中でも、特に、耐オフセット性、耐接着性、通紙性、光沢感が優れ、ひび割 れが生じ難ぐ高画質の画像を形成可能な電子写真材料を提供可能である点で、融 点が 70〜95°Cのカルナバワックスが特に好ましい。  Among these, in particular, it is possible to provide an electrophotographic material capable of forming a high-quality image that is excellent in offset resistance, adhesion resistance, paper passing property, glossiness, and hardly cracks. Carnauba wax with a point of 70-95 ° C is particularly preferred.
[0062] 前記動物系ワックスとしては、特に制限はなぐ公知のものの中力 適宜選択するこ とができ、例えば、蜜蝌、ラノリン、鯨蝌、ステ蝌 (鯨油)、羊毛蝌等が挙げられる。 [0062] The animal waxes can be appropriately selected from known, non-restricted, medium strengths such as beeswax, lanolin, spermaceti, stew (whale oil), and woolen cocoons.
[0063] 前記鉱物系ワックスとしては、特に制限はなぐ公知のものの中力 適宜選択するこ とができ、巿販品であってもよいし、適宜合成したものであってもよい。例えば、モンタ ンワックス、モンタン系エステルワックス、ォゾケライト、セレシン等が挙げられる。 これらの中でも、特に、耐オフセット性、耐接着性、通紙性、光沢感が優れ、ひび割 れが生じ難ぐ高画質の画像を形成可能な電子写真材料を提供可能である点で、融 点が 70〜95°Cのモンタンワックスが特に好ましい。 [0063] The mineral wax is appropriately selected from known medium strengths that are not particularly limited. It may be a commercial product or may be appropriately synthesized. Examples include montan wax, montan ester wax, ozokerite, and ceresin. Among these, in particular, it is possible to provide an electrophotographic material capable of forming a high-quality image that is excellent in offset resistance, adhesion resistance, paper passing property, glossiness, and hardly cracks. Montan wax having a point of 70 to 95 ° C is particularly preferred.
[0064] 前記石油ワックスとしては、特に制限はなぐ公知のものの中力 適宜選択すること ができ、市販品であってもよいし、適宜合成したものであってもよい。例えば、ノラフィ ンワックス、マイクロクリスタリンワックス、ペトロラタムなどが挙げられる。 [0064] The petroleum wax may be appropriately selected from publicly known intermediate forces that are not particularly limited, and may be a commercially available product or an appropriately synthesized product. For example, norafine wax, microcrystalline wax, petrolatum and the like can be mentioned.
[0065] 前記天然ワックスの前記トナー受像層における含有量は、 0. l〜4g/m2が好まし く、 0. 2〜2g/m2力より好まし!/ヽ。 [0065] The content in the toner image-receiving layer of the natural waxes, 0. l~4g / m 2 is rather preferred, preferably from 0. 2~2g / m 2 force! /ヽ.
前記含有量が 0. lgZm2未満であると、耐オフセット性、耐接着性が特に不充分と なることがあり、 4gZm2を超えると、ワックス量が多過ぎ、形成される画像の画質が劣 ることがある。 When the content is less than 0.1 lgZm 2 , offset resistance and adhesion resistance may be particularly insufficient. When it exceeds 4 gZm 2 , the amount of wax is excessive, and the image quality of the formed image is poor. Sometimes.
[0066] 前記天然ワックスの融点としては、特に、耐オフセット性、及び、通紙性の点から 70 [0066] The melting point of the natural wax is, in particular, from the viewpoint of offset resistance and paper passing properties.
〜95°Cが好ましぐ 75〜90°Cがより好ましい。 -95 ° C is preferred 75-90 ° C is more preferred.
[0067] 前記合成ワックスは、合成炭化水素、変性ワックス、水素化ワックス、その他の油脂 系合成ワックスに分類される。これらワックスは、前記トナー受像層の熱可塑性榭脂と して水系の熱可塑性榭脂を用いた場合の相溶性等の点で水分散型ワックスが好まし い。 [0067] The synthetic wax is classified into synthetic hydrocarbons, modified waxes, hydrogenated waxes, and other oil-based synthetic waxes. These waxes are preferably water-dispersed waxes from the viewpoint of compatibility when an aqueous thermoplastic resin is used as the thermoplastic resin of the toner image-receiving layer.
[0068] 前記合成炭化水素としては、例えば、フィッシャートロプシュワックス、ポリエチレンヮ ッタス、などが挙げられる。  [0068] Examples of the synthetic hydrocarbon include Fischer-Tropsch wax, polyethylene tuss, and the like.
前記油脂系合成ワックスとしては、例えば、酸アミドィ匕合物(例えばステアリン酸アミ ド等)、酸イミド化合物 (例えば無水フタル酸イミド等)、などが挙げられる。  Examples of the oil-based synthetic wax include acid amide compounds (for example, stearic acid amide), acid imide compounds (for example, phthalic anhydride imide), and the like.
[0069] 前記変性ワックスとしては、特に制限はなぐ 目的に応じて適宜選択することができ[0069] The modified wax is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose.
、例えば、ァミン変性ワックス、アクリル酸変性ワックス、フッ素変性ワックス、ォレフィン 変性ワックス、ウレタン型ワックス、アルコール型ワックスなどが挙げられる。 Examples thereof include amine-modified wax, acrylic acid-modified wax, fluorine-modified wax, olefin-modified wax, urethane type wax, alcohol type wax and the like.
[0070] 前記水素化ワックスとしては、特に制限はなぐ 目的に応じて適宜選択することがで き、例えば、硬化ひまし油、ヒマシ油誘導体、ステアリン酸、ラウリン酸、ミリスチン酸、 パルミチン酸、ベへニン酸、セバシン酸、ゥンデシレン酸、ヘプチル酸、マレイン酸、 高度マレイン化油、などが挙げられる。 [0070] The hydrogenated wax is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. Examples thereof include hydrogenated castor oil, castor oil derivatives, stearic acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, Palmitic acid, behenic acid, sebacic acid, undecylenic acid, heptylic acid, maleic acid, highly maleated oil, and the like.
[0071] 前記離型剤の融点としては、特に耐オフセット性、及び、通紙性の点で、 70〜95 °Cが好ましぐ 75〜90°Cがより好ましい。  [0071] The melting point of the release agent is preferably from 70 to 95 ° C, more preferably from 75 to 90 ° C, particularly from the viewpoint of offset resistance and paper passing properties.
なお、前記トナー受像層に添加される離型剤としては、これらの誘導体、酸化物、 精製品、混合物を用いることもできる。また、これらは、反応性の置換基を有していて ちょい。  As the release agent added to the toner image-receiving layer, derivatives, oxides, purified products, and mixtures thereof can also be used. They also have reactive substituents.
[0072] 前記離型剤の含有量は、前記トナー受像層の質量を基準として 0. 1〜10質量% 力 S好ましく、 0. 3〜8. 0質量%がより好ましぐ 0. 5〜5. 0質量%が更に好ましい。 前記含有量が 0. 1質量%未満であると、耐オフセット性及び耐接着性が不十分と なることがあり、 10質量%を超えると、離型剤の量が多すぎて形成される画像の画質 力 S低下することがある。  [0072] The content of the release agent is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass force S, more preferably 0.3 to 8.0% by mass, based on the mass of the toner image-receiving layer. More preferably, 0% by mass. When the content is less than 0.1% by mass, the offset resistance and the adhesion resistance may be insufficient. When the content exceeds 10% by mass, the amount of the release agent is excessively large. The image quality of S may decrease.
[0073] 可塑剤  [0073] Plasticizer
前記可塑剤としては、特に制限はなぐ公知の榭脂用の可塑剤を目的に応じて適 宜選択することができる。該可塑剤は、前記トナーを定着する時の熱又は圧力によつ て、前記トナー受像層が流動又は柔軟ィ匕するのを調整する機能を有する。  As the plasticizer, a known plasticizer for resin having no particular limitation can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. The plasticizer has a function of adjusting the flow or flexibility of the toner image-receiving layer by heat or pressure when fixing the toner.
前記可塑剤としては、「化学便覧」(日本化学会編、丸善)、「可塑剤 その理論と 応用一」(村井孝一編著、幸書房)、「可塑剤の研究 上」「可塑剤の研究 下」(高分 子化学協会編)、「便覧 ゴム'プラスチック配合薬品」(ラバーダイジェスト社編)等を 参考にして選択することができる。  The plasticizers include “Chemical Handbook” (edited by the Chemical Society of Japan, Maruzen), “Plasticizers Theory and Application 1” (edited by Koichi Murai, Koshobo), “Research on plasticizers” "(Polymer Chemical Society)," Handbook Rubber 'Plastic Compounded Chemicals "(Rubber Digest Co., Ltd.), etc.
[0074] 前記可塑剤としては、高沸点有機溶剤や熱溶剤等として記載されて ヽるものもある 1S 例えば、特開昭 59— 83154号、特開昭 59— 178451号、特開昭 59— 178453 号、特開昭 59— 178454号、特開昭 59— 178455号、特開昭 59— 178457号、特 開昭 62— 174754号、特開昭 62— 245253号、特開昭 61— 209444号、特開昭 6 1— 200538号、特開昭 62— 8145号、特開昭 62— 9348号、特開昭 62— 30247 号、特開昭 62— 136646号、特開平 2— 235694号等の各公報に記載されているよ うなエステル類 (例えば、フタル酸エステル類、リン酸エステル類、脂肪酸エステル類 、ァビエチン酸エステル類、アジピン酸エステル類、セバシン酸エステル類、ァゼライ ン酸エステル類、安息香酸エステル類、酪酸エステル類、エポキシ化脂肪酸エステ ル類、グリコール酸エステル類、プロピオン酸エステル類、トリメリット酸エステル類、ク ェン酸エステル類、スルホン酸エステル類、カルボン酸エステル類、コハク酸エステ ル類、マレイン酸エステル類、フマル酸エステル類、フタル酸エステル類、ステアリン 酸エステル類等)、アミド類 (例えば、脂肪酸アミド類、スルホアミド類等)、エーテル類 、アルコール類、ラタトン類、ポリエチレンォキシ類等の化合物が挙げられる。 [0074] The plasticizer may be described as a high-boiling organic solvent, a thermal solvent, or the like. 1S For example, JP 59-83154, JP 59-178451, JP 59- 178453, JP 59-178454, JP 59-178455, JP 59-178457, JP 62-174754, JP 62-245253, JP 61-209444 JP-A-61-200538, JP-A-62-8145, JP-A-62-9348, JP-A-62-30247, JP-A-62-136646, JP-A-2-235694, etc. Esters such as those described in each publication (for example, phthalic acid esters, phosphoric acid esters, fatty acid esters, abietic acid esters, adipic acid esters, sebacic acid esters, Acid esters, benzoic acid esters, butyric acid esters, epoxidized fatty acid esters, glycolic acid esters, propionic acid esters, trimellitic acid esters, citrate esters, sulfonic acid esters, carvone Acid esters, succinic esters, maleates, fumarates, phthalates, stearates, etc.), amides (e.g. fatty acid amides, sulfoamides, etc.), ethers, alcohols , Latatones, polyethyleneoxy compounds and the like.
これら可塑剤は、榭脂に混合して使用することができる。  These plasticizers can be used by mixing with cocoa butter.
[0075] 前記可塑剤としては、比較的低分子量のポリマーを用いることができる。該可塑剤 の分子量としては、可塑ィ匕されるべきバインダー榭脂の分子量より低 、ものが好まし ぐ分子量は 15,000以下が好ましぐ 5,000以下がより好ましい。また、ポリマー可塑 剤の場合、可塑ィ匕されるべきバインダー榭脂と同種のポリマーであるのが好ましい。 例えば、ポリエステル榭脂の可塑ィ匕には、低分子量のポリエステルが好ましい。更に オリゴマーも可塑剤として用いることができる。 [0075] As the plasticizer, a polymer having a relatively low molecular weight can be used. The molecular weight of the plasticizer is lower than the molecular weight of the binder resin to be plasticized, the preferred molecular weight is preferably 15,000 or less, and more preferably 5,000 or less. In the case of a polymer plasticizer, the polymer is preferably the same type as the binder resin to be plasticized. For example, low molecular weight polyester is preferable for the plasticity of polyester resin. Furthermore, oligomers can also be used as plasticizers.
上記に挙げたィ匕合物以外にも市販品としては、例えば、アデ力サイザ一 PN— 170 、 PN— 1430 (いずれも旭電化工業株式会社製)、 PARAPLEX— G— 25、 G— 30 ゝ G— 40 (いずれも C. P. HALL社製)、エステルガム 8L— JA、エステル R— 95、ぺ ンタリン 4851、 FK115、 4820、 830、ルイゾール 28— JA、ピコラスチック A75、ピコ テックス LC、クリスタレックス 3085 ( 、ずれも理ィ匕ハーキュレス社製)等が挙げられる  In addition to the compounds listed above, commercially available products include, for example, Ade force sizer PN-170, PN-1430 (all manufactured by Asahi Denka Kogyo Co., Ltd.), PARAPLEX-G-25, G-30 G-40 (all manufactured by CP HALL), ester gum 8L—JA, ester R—95, Pentalin 4851, FK115, 4820, 830, Louisol 28—JA, Picorastic A75, Picotex LC, Crystallex 3085 ( , The gap is also made by Hercules Co., Ltd.)
[0076] 前記可塑剤は、トナー粒子が前記トナー受像層に埋め込まれる際に生じる応力や 歪み(弾性力や粘性等の物理的な歪み、分子やバインダー主鎖やペンダント部分等 の物質収支による歪みなど)を緩和するために任意に使用することができる。 [0076] The plasticizer includes stress and strain generated when toner particles are embedded in the toner image receiving layer (physical strain such as elastic force and viscosity, strain due to material balance such as molecules, binder main chain, and pendant portion). Etc.) can be optionally used to relax.
前記可塑剤は、前記トナー受像層中において、ミクロに分散された状態でもよいし、 海島状にミクロに相分離した状態でもよいし、バインダー等の他の成分と充分に混合 溶解した状態でもよい。  The plasticizer may be in a micro-dispersed state in the toner image-receiving layer, in a micro-phase-separated state in a sea-island shape, or in a sufficiently mixed and dissolved state with other components such as a binder. .
前記可塑剤の、前記トナー受像層における含有量は、 0. 001〜90質量%が好ま しく、 0. 1〜60質量%がより好ましぐ 1〜40質量%が更に好ましい。  The content of the plasticizer in the toner image-receiving layer is preferably from 0.001 to 90% by mass, more preferably from 0.1 to 60% by mass, and even more preferably from 1 to 40% by mass.
前記可塑剤は、スベリ性 (摩擦力低下による搬送性向上)の調整や、定着部オフセ ット(定着部へのトナーや層の剥離)の改良、カールバランスの調整、帯電調整(トナ ー静電像の形成)等の目的で使用してもよい。 The plasticizer is used for adjusting the smoothness (improving transportability by reducing the frictional force) and fixing unit offset. It may be used for the purpose of improving the toner (peeling of the toner or the layer to the fixing portion), adjusting the curl balance, and adjusting the charging (forming the toner electrostatic image).
[0077] 一着色剤  [0077] One colorant
前記着色剤としては、特に制限はなぐ 目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、蛍 光増白剤、白色顔料、有色顔料、染料等が挙げられる。  The colorant is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, and examples thereof include a fluorescent brightener, a white pigment, a colored pigment, and a dye.
前記蛍光増白剤は、近紫外部に吸収を持ち、 400〜500nmに蛍光を発する公知 の化合物であれば特に制限はなぐ公知のものの中力 適宜選択することができ、例 は、 K. VeenRataraman編 fhe Chemistry of Synthetic Dyes 'V卷 8 に記載されている化合物などが好適に挙げられる。前記蛍光増白剤としては、巿販 品であってもよいし、適宜合成したものであってもよぐ例えば、スチルベン系化合物 、クマリン系化合物、ビフエ-ル系化合物、ベンゾォキサゾリン系化合物、ナフタルイ ミド系化合物、ピラゾリン系化合物、カルボスチリル系化合物等が挙げられる。該巿販 品としては、例えばホワイトフルファー PSN、 PHR、 HCS、 PCS, B (いずれも住友化 学株式会社製)、 UVITEX-OB (Ciba— Geigy社製)等が挙げられる。  The fluorescent brightening agent can be appropriately selected from known compounds that are not particularly limited as long as they are known compounds that absorb in the near ultraviolet region and emit fluorescence at 400 to 500 nm. For example, K. VeenRataraman Preferred examples include the compounds described in ed. Fhe Chemistry of Synthetic Dyes' V 8. The fluorescent whitening agent may be a commercially available product or a compound synthesized as appropriate. For example, a stilbene compound, a coumarin compound, a biphenyl compound, a benzoxazoline compound , Naphthalimide compounds, pyrazoline compounds, carbostyryl compounds, and the like. Examples of the commercially available products include white full fur PSN, PHR, HCS, PCS, B (all manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), UVITEX-OB (manufactured by Ciba-Geigy), and the like.
[0078] 前記白色顔料としては、特に制限はなぐ公知のものの中から目的に応じて適宜選 択することができ、例えば、酸化チタン、炭酸カルシウム等の無機顔料を用いることが できる。  [0078] The white pigment can be appropriately selected according to the purpose from known ones that are not particularly limited. For example, inorganic pigments such as titanium oxide and calcium carbonate can be used.
[0079] 前記有色顔料としては、特に制限はなぐ公知のものの中から目的に応じて適宜選 択することができ、例えば、特開昭 63— 44653号公報等に記載されている各種顔料 、ァゾ顔料、多環式顔料、縮合多環式顔料、レーキ顔料、カーボンブラック等が挙げ られる。  [0079] The colored pigment can be appropriately selected from known ones that are not particularly limited, depending on the purpose. For example, various pigments and dyes described in JP-A-63-44653, etc. Zo pigment, polycyclic pigment, condensed polycyclic pigment, lake pigment, carbon black and the like.
前記ァゾ顔料としては、例えば、ァゾレーキ(例えばカーミン 6B、レッド 2B等)、不 溶性ァゾ顔料(例えばモノァゾイェロー、ジスァゾイェロー、ピラゾ口オレンジ、バルカ ンオレンジ等)、縮合ァゾ系顔料 (例えばクロモフタルイェロー、クロモフタルレッド)等 が挙げられる。  Examples of the azo pigment include azo lake (for example, Carmine 6B, Red 2B, etc.), insoluble azo pigment (for example, monoazo yellow, disazo yellow, pyrazo mouth orange, balkan orange, etc.), condensed azo pigment (for example, chromophthalate). Yellow, chromophthaled red) and the like.
前記多環式顔料としては、例えば、フタロシアニン系顔料では、銅フタロシア-ンブ ルー、銅フタロシアニングリーン等が挙げられる。  Examples of the polycyclic pigment include phthalocyanine pigments such as copper phthalocyanine blue and copper phthalocyanine green.
前記縮合多環式顔料としては、ジォキサジン系顔料 (例えば、ジォキサジンバイオ レット等)、イソインドリノン系顔料 (例えば、イソインドリノンイェロー等)、スレン系顔料 、ペリレン系顔料、ペリノン系顔料、チォインジゴ系顔料、等が挙げられる。 Examples of the condensed polycyclic pigment include dioxazine pigments (for example, dioxazine bio , Etc.), isoindolinone pigments (for example, isoindolinone yellow), selenium pigments, perylene pigments, perinone pigments, and thioindigo pigments.
前記レーキ顔料としては、例えば、マラカイトグリーン、ローダミン B、ローダミン G、ビ タトリアブルー B等が挙げられる。  Examples of the lake pigment include malachite green, rhodamine B, rhodamine G, and vitamin tria blue B.
前記無機顔料としては、例えば、酸化物(例えば、二酸化チタン、ベンガラ等)硫酸 塩 (例えば、沈降性硫酸バリウム等)、炭酸塩 (例えば、沈降性炭酸カルシウム等)、 硅酸塩 (例えば、含水硅酸塩、無水硅酸塩等)、金属粉 (例えば、アルミニウム粉、ブ ロンズ粉、亜鉛末、黄鉛、紺青)、などが挙げられる。  Examples of the inorganic pigment include oxides (for example, titanium dioxide, bengara, etc.) sulfates (for example, precipitated barium sulfate), carbonates (for example, precipitated calcium carbonate), oxalates (for example, water-containing materials) Succinate, anhydrous succinate, etc.), metal powders (for example, aluminum powder, bronze powder, zinc dust, yellow lead, and bitumen).
これらは、 1種単独で使用してもよぐ 2種以上を併用してもよい。  These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
[0080] 前記染料としては、特に制限はなぐ公知のものの中から目的に応じて適宜選択す ることができ、例えば、アントラキノン系化合物、ァゾ系化合物等が挙げられる。これら は、 1種単独で使用してもよぐ 2種以上を併用してもよい。 [0080] The dye can be appropriately selected from known ones without particular limitations according to the purpose, and examples thereof include anthraquinone compounds and azo compounds. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
水不溶性染料としては、例えば、建染染料、分散染料、油溶性染料、などが挙げら れる。前記建染染料としては、例えば、 C. I. Vatヴァイオレット 1、 C. I. Vatヴアイォ レット 2、 C. I. Vatヴァイオレット 9、 C. I. Vatヴァイオレット 13, C. I. Vatヴアイォレ ット 21、 C. I. Vatブルー 1、 C. I. Vatブルー 3、 C. I. Vatブルー 4、 C. I. Vatブル 一 6、 C. I. Vatブルー 14、 C. I. Vatブルー 20、 C. I. Vatブルー 35等が挙げられ る。前記分散染料としては、例えば、 C. I.デイスパーズヴァイオレット 1、 C. I.デイス パーズヴァイオレット 4、 C. I.デイスパーズヴァイオレット 10、 C. I.デイスパーズブル 一 3、 C. I.デイスパーズブルー 7、 C. I.デイスパーズブルー 58等が挙げられる。前 記油溶性染料としては、例えば、 C. I.ソルベントヴァイオレット 13、 C. I.ソルベント ヴァイオレット 14、 C. I.ソルベントヴァイオレット 21、 C. I.ソルベントヴァイオレット 27 、 C. I.ソルベントブルー 11、 C. I.ソルベントブルー 12、 C. I.ソルベントブルー 25 、 C. I.ソルベントブルー 55、等が挙げられる。  Examples of water-insoluble dyes include vat dyes, disperse dyes, and oil-soluble dyes. Examples of the vat dye include CI Vat Violet 1, CI Vat Violet 2, CI Vat Violet 9, CI Vat Violet 13, CI Vat Violet 21, CI Vat Blue 1, CI Vat Blue 3, CI Vat Blue 4, CI Vat Blue 6, CI Vat Blue 14, CI Vat Blue 20, CI Vat Blue 35, etc. Examples of the disperse dyes include C. I. Days Spurs Violet 1, C. I. Days Spurs Violet 4, C. I. Days Spurs Violet 10, C. I. Days Spurs Blue 3, C. I. Days Spurs Blue 7, C. I. Days Spurs Blue 58, and the like. Examples of the oil-soluble dye include CI Solvent Violet 13, CI Solvent Violet 14, CI Solvent Violet 21, CI Solvent Violet 27, CI Solvent Blue 11, CI Solvent Blue 12, CI Solvent Blue 25, CI Solvent Blue 55, Etc.
なお、銀塩写真で用いられているカラードカプラーも好適に使用することができる。  In addition, a colored coupler used in silver salt photography can also be suitably used.
[0081] 前記着色剤の、前記トナー受像層における含有量は、 0. l〜8g/m2が好ましぐ 0 . 5〜5g/m2がより好ましい。 [0081] of the colorant, the content in the toner image-receiving layer is preferably is 0. l~8g / m 2 fixture 0. 5~5g / m 2 is more preferable.
前記着色剤の含有量が 0. lgZm2未満であると、トナー受像層における光透過率 が高くなることがあり、 8g/m2を超えると、ヒビ割れ、耐接着等の取り扱い性に劣るこ とがある。 When the content of the colorant is less than 0.1 lgZm 2 , the light transmittance in the toner image-receiving layer When it exceeds 8 g / m 2 , handling properties such as cracking and adhesion resistance may be inferior.
また、前記着色剤の中でも、顔料の添加量は、前記トナー受像層を構成する熱可 塑性榭脂の質量に基づいて 40質量%以下が好ましぐ 30質量%以下がより好ましく 、 20質量%以下が更に好ましい。  Among the colorants, the amount of the pigment added is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass based on the mass of the thermoplastic resin constituting the toner image-receiving layer. The following is more preferable.
[0082] 前記フィラーとしては、有機又は無機のフィラーが挙げられ、バインダー榭脂用の 補強剤や、充填剤、強化材として公知のものが用いることができる。該フイラ一として は、「便覧 ゴム'プラスチック配合薬品」(ラバーダイジェスト社編)、「新版 プラスチ ック配合剤 基礎と応用」(大成社)、「フイラ一ハンドブック」(大成社)等を参考にして 選択することができる。 [0082] Examples of the filler include organic or inorganic fillers, and known reinforcing agents, fillers, and reinforcing materials for binder resin can be used. Refer to “Handbook Rubber 'Plastic Compounding Chemicals” (edited by Rubber Digest Co., Ltd.), “New Plastic Plastic Compounding Basics and Applications” (Taisei), “Fila I Handbook” (Taisei), etc. Can be selected.
また、前記フイラ一としては、無機フィラー又は無機顔料を用いることができる。前記 無機フィラー又は無機顔料としては、例えば、シリカ、アルミナ、二酸化チタン、酸ィ匕 亜鉛、酸ィ匕ジルコニウム、雲母状酸化鉄、鉛白、酸化鉛、酸ィ匕コノ レト、ストロンチウ ムクロメート、モリブデン系顔料、スメクタイト、酸化マグネシウム、酸ィ匕カルシウム、炭 酸カルシウム、ムライト等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、特に、シリカ、アルミナが好ま しい。これらは、 1種単独で使用してもよぐ 2種以上を併用してもよい。また前記フイラ 一としては、粒径の小さいものが好ましい。粒径が大きいと、トナー受像層の表面が 粗面化し易い。  Further, as the filler, an inorganic filler or an inorganic pigment can be used. Examples of the inorganic filler or inorganic pigment include silica, alumina, titanium dioxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, mica-like iron oxide, white lead, lead oxide, nickel oxide, strontium chromate, molybdenum. Pigments, smectite, magnesium oxide, calcium carbonate, calcium carbonate, mullite and the like. Of these, silica and alumina are particularly preferable. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. As the filler, one having a small particle size is preferable. If the particle size is large, the surface of the toner image-receiving layer tends to be roughened.
[0083] 前記シリカには、球状シリカと無定形シリカが含まれる。該シリカは、乾式法、湿式 法又はエア口ゲル法により合成できる。疎水性シリカ粒子の表面を、トリメチルシリル 基又はシリコーンで表面処理してもよい。前記シリカとしては、コロイド状シリカが好ま しい。なお、前記シリカは、多孔質であるのが好ましい。  [0083] The silica includes spherical silica and amorphous silica. The silica can be synthesized by a dry method, a wet method, or an air-mouth gel method. The surface of the hydrophobic silica particles may be surface-treated with a trimethylsilyl group or silicone. As the silica, colloidal silica is preferable. The silica is preferably porous.
[0084] 前記アルミナには、無水アルミナ及びアルミナ水和物が含まれる。前記無水アルミ ナの結晶型としては、 α、 |8、 γ、 δ、 ζ、 7?、 θ、 κ、 ρ又は; cを用いることができ、 無水アルミナよりもアルミナ水和物の方が好ましい。前記アルミナ水和物としては、一 水和物又は三水和物を用いることできる。前記一水和物には、擬ベーマイト、ベーマ イト及びダイァスポアが含まれる。前記三水和物には、ジブサイト及びバイャライトが 含まれる。前記アルミナは、多孔質のものが好ましい。 前記アルミナ水和物は、アルミニウム塩溶液にアンモニアをカ卩えて沈澱させるゾル ゲル法又はアルミン酸アルカリを加水分解する方法により合成できる。前記無水アル ミナは、アルミナ水和物を加熱により脱水することで得ることができる。 [0084] The alumina includes anhydrous alumina and alumina hydrate. As the crystal form of the anhydrous alumina, α, | 8, γ, δ, ζ, 7 ?, θ, κ, ρ, or c can be used, and alumina hydrate is preferable to anhydrous alumina. . As the alumina hydrate, monohydrate or trihydrate can be used. The monohydrate includes pseudo boehmite, boehmite and diaspore. The trihydrate includes dibsite and bayerite. The alumina is preferably porous. The alumina hydrate can be synthesized by a sol-gel method in which ammonia is precipitated in an aluminum salt solution or by a method of hydrolyzing an alkali aluminate. The anhydrous alumina can be obtained by dehydrating alumina hydrate by heating.
[0085] 前記フィラーの添加量は、前記トナー受像層のバインダーの乾燥質量 100質量部 に対し 5〜2,000質量部が好まし 、。  [0085] The addition amount of the filler is preferably 5 to 2,000 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the dry mass of the binder of the toner image-receiving layer.
[0086] 前記架橋剤は、前記トナー受像層の保存安定性や熱可塑性等を調整するために 配合することができる。該架橋剤としては、反応基としてエポキシ基、イソシァネート基 、アルデヒド基、活性ハロゲン基、活性メチレン基、アセチレン基、その他公知の反応 基を 2個以上分子内に有する化合物が用いられる。  [0086] The crosslinking agent can be blended in order to adjust the storage stability, thermoplasticity, and the like of the toner image-receiving layer. As the crosslinking agent, a compound having two or more epoxy groups, isocyanate groups, aldehyde groups, active halogen groups, active methylene groups, acetylene groups and other known reactive groups in the molecule as reactive groups is used.
前記架橋剤としては、これとは別に、水素結合、イオン結合、配位結合等により結 合を形成することが可能な基を 2個以上有する化合物も用いることができる。  As the cross-linking agent, a compound having two or more groups capable of forming a bond by a hydrogen bond, an ionic bond, a coordinate bond, or the like can be used.
前記架橋剤としては、例えば、榭脂用のカップリング剤、硬化剤、重合剤、重合促 進剤、凝固剤、造膜剤、造膜助剤等として公知の化合物を用いることができる。前記 カップリング剤としては、例えば、クロロシラン類、ビュルシラン類、エポキシシラン類、 アミノシラン類、アルコキシアルミニウムキレート類、チタネートカップリング剤等が挙 げられる他、「便覧 ゴム'プラスチック配合薬品」(ラバーダイジェスト社編)等に挙げ られた公知のものを用いることができる。  As the cross-linking agent, for example, known compounds can be used as a coupling agent, a curing agent, a polymerization agent, a polymerization accelerator, a coagulant, a film-forming agent, a film-forming auxiliary, and the like. Examples of the coupling agent include chlorosilanes, bursilanes, epoxy silanes, aminosilanes, alkoxyaluminum chelates, titanate coupling agents and the like, and “Handbook Rubber'Plastic Compounding Chemicals” (Rubber Digest Co., Ltd.). Ed.) Can be used.
[0087] 前記トナー受像層には、トナーの転写や付着等を調整したり、前記トナー受像層の 帯電接着を防止するために、帯電調整剤を含有させることが好まし 、。  [0087] The toner image receiving layer preferably contains a charge adjusting agent in order to adjust the transfer or adhesion of the toner or to prevent the toner image receiving layer from being charged and adhered.
前記帯電調整剤としては、特に制限はなぐ従来から公知の各種帯電調整剤を目 的に応じて適宜使用することができ、例えば、カチオン界面活性剤、ァニオン系界面 活性剤、両性界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤等の界面活性剤等の他、高分子 電解質、導電性金属酸化物等を使用できる。具体的には、第 4級アンモ -ゥム塩、ポ リアミン誘導体、カチオン変性ポリメチルメタタリレート、カチオン変性ポリスチレン等の カチオン系帯電防止剤、アルキルホスフェート、ァ-オン系ポリマー等のァ-オン系 帯電防止剤、脂肪酸エステル、ポリエチレンオキサイド等のノニオン系帯電防止剤が 挙げられる。  The charge control agent is not particularly limited, and various conventionally known charge control agents can be appropriately used depending on the purpose. For example, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, an amphoteric surfactant, In addition to surfactants such as nonionic surfactants, polymer electrolytes, conductive metal oxides, and the like can be used. Specific examples include quaternary ammonium salts, polyamine derivatives, cationic antistatic agents such as cation-modified polymethyl metatalylate and cation-modified polystyrene, alkyl phosphates, and key-ons such as cation-based polymers. Nonionic antistatic agents such as antistatic agents, fatty acid esters, and polyethylene oxide.
なお、トナーが負電荷を有する場合には、トナー受像層に配合される帯電調整剤と しては、例えば、カチオンゃノ-オンが好ましい。 In the case where the toner has a negative charge, a charge adjusting agent blended in the toner image receiving layer and For example, cation cyano-one is preferable.
前記導電性金属酸ィ匕物としては、例えば、 ZnO、 TiO、 SnO、 Al O、 In O、 Si  Examples of the conductive metal oxide include ZnO, TiO, SnO, Al 2 O, In 2 O, Si
2 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 3
O、 MgO、 BaO、 MoO等を挙げることができる。これらは、 1種単独で使用しても良O, MgO, BaO, MoO, etc. can be mentioned. These can be used alone.
2 3 twenty three
ぐ 2種以上を併用してもよい。また、前記導電性金属酸化物は、異種元素を更に含 有(ドーピング)させてもよぐ例えば、 ZnOに対して、 Al、 In等、 TiOに対して Nb、 T  Two or more types may be used in combination. The conductive metal oxide may further contain (doping) a different element. For example, Zn, Al, In, etc. ZnO, Nb, T
2  2
a等、 SnOに対しては、 Sb、 Nb、ハロゲン元素等を含有(ドーピング)させることがで  a, SnO can contain (doping) Sb, Nb, halogen elements, etc.
2  2
きる。  wear.
[0088] その他の添加剤  [0088] Other additives
前記トナー受像層に使用され得る材料には、出力画像の安定性改良や前記トナー 受像層自身の安定性改良のため各種添加剤を含めることができる。前記添加剤とし ては、種々の公知の酸化防止剤、老化防止剤、劣化防止剤、オゾン劣化防止剤、紫 外線吸収剤、金属錯体、光安定剤、防腐剤、防かび剤、等が挙げられる。  The material that can be used for the toner image-receiving layer may contain various additives for improving the stability of the output image and improving the stability of the toner image-receiving layer itself. Examples of the additive include various known antioxidants, anti-aging agents, deterioration inhibitors, ozone deterioration inhibitors, ultraviolet absorbers, metal complexes, light stabilizers, antiseptics, fungicides, and the like. It is done.
[0089] 前記酸化防止剤としては、特に制限はなぐ目的に応じて適宜選択することができ 、例えば、クロマンィ匕合物、クマランィ匕合物、フエノール化合物(例、ヒンダードフエノ ール)、ノ、イドロキノン誘導体、ヒンダードァミン誘導体、スピロインダン化合物が挙げ られる。なお、前記酸ィ匕防止剤については、特開昭 61— 159644号公報等に記載さ れている。  [0089] The antioxidant can be appropriately selected according to the purpose without any particular limitation. For example, chroman compound, coumaran compound, phenol compound (eg, hindered phenol), no, idroquinone. Derivatives, hindered amine derivatives, and spiroindane compounds. Incidentally, the above-mentioned anti-oxidation agent is described in JP-A 61-159644.
[0090] 前記老化防止剤としては、特に制限はなぐ目的に応じて適宜選択することができ 、例えば、「便覧 ゴム'プラスチック配合薬品 改訂第 2版」(1993年、ラバーダイジ エスト社) p76〜121に記載のものが挙げられる。  [0090] The anti-aging agent can be appropriately selected according to the purpose for which there is no particular limitation. For example, "Handbook Rubber 'Plastic Compounding Chemicals Revised 2nd Edition" (1993, Rubber Digest Corporation) p76-121 The thing of description is mentioned.
[0091] 前記紫外線吸収剤としては、特に制限はなぐ目的に応じて適宜選択することがで き、例えば、ベンゾトリァゾールイ匕合物(米国特許第 3533794号明細書参照)、 4— チアゾリドンィ匕合物 (米国特許第 3352681号明細書参照)、ベンゾフ ノンィ匕合物( 特開昭 46 - 2784号公報参照)、及び紫外線吸収ポリマー(特開昭 62— 260152号 公報参照)が挙げられる。  [0091] The ultraviolet absorber can be appropriately selected according to the purpose without any particular limitation, and examples thereof include benzotriazole compounds (see US Pat. No. 3,533,794), 4-thiazolidone Examples include compounds (see U.S. Pat. No. 3,526,811), benzophenone compounds (see JP-A 46-2784), and UV-absorbing polymers (see JP-A 62-260152).
[0092] 前記金属錯体としては、特に制限はなぐ目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、 例えば、米国特許第 4241155号明細書、米国特許第 4245018号明細書、米国特 許第 4254195号明細書、特開昭 61— 88256号公報、特開昭 62— 174741号公 報、特開昭 63— 199248号公報、特開平 1— 75568号公報、特開平 1— 74272号 公報に記載されて 、るものが適当である。 [0092] The metal complex can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose without any particular limitation. For example, US Patent No. 4241155, US Patent No. 4245018, US Patent No. 4254195 , JP-A 61-88256, JP-A 62-174741 In addition, those described in JP-A-63-199248, JP-A-1-75568 and JP-A-1-74272 are suitable.
また、「便覧 ゴム'プラスチック配合薬品 改訂第 2版」(1993年、ラバーダイジエス ト社) p 122〜 137に記載の紫外線吸収剤、光安定剤も好適に使用することができる  In addition, UV absorbers and light stabilizers described in "Handbook Rubber'Plastic Compounding Chemicals Revised 2nd Edition" (1993, Rubber Digest Co., Ltd.) p 122-137 can also be suitably used.
[0093] なお、前記トナー受像層に使用され得る材料には、上述したように公知の写真用添 加剤を必要に応じて添加することができる。前記写真用添加剤としては、例えば、リ サーチ ·ディスクロージャー誌(以下、 RDと略記する) No.17643 (1978年 12月)、 R DNo. 18716 (1979年 11月)及び RDNo. 307105 (1989年 11月)に記載されて おり、その該当箇所を下記表にまとめて示す。 Note that, as described above, known photographic additives can be added to the materials that can be used for the toner image-receiving layer, as necessary. Examples of the photographic additive include, for example, Research Disclosure Journal (hereinafter abbreviated as RD) No. 17643 (December 1978), RD No. 18716 (November 1979) and RD No. 307105 (1989). (November), and the corresponding parts are summarized in the table below.
[0094] [表 1]  [0094] [Table 1]
Figure imgf000032_0001
Figure imgf000032_0001
[0095] 前記トナー受像層は、前記支持体上に、前記トナー受像層用熱可塑性榭脂を含有 する塗工液をワイヤーコーター等で塗布し、乾燥することによって設けられる。前記 熱可塑性榭脂の最低成膜温度 (MFT)は、プリント前の保存に対しては、室温以上 が好ましぐトナー粒子の定着に対しては 100°C以下が好ましい。  The toner image-receiving layer is provided by applying a coating solution containing the thermoplastic resin for toner image-receiving layer on the support with a wire coater or the like and drying. The minimum film forming temperature (MFT) of the thermoplastic resin is preferably 100 ° C. or lower for fixing toner particles, which is preferably room temperature or higher for storage before printing.
[0096] 前記トナー受像層は、乾燥後の塗布質量は、例えば、 l〜20gZm2が好ましぐ 4 〜 15g/m2がより好まし!/ヽ。 [0096] The coating weight of the toner image-receiving layer after drying is, for example, preferably 1 to 20 gZm 2, more preferably 4 to 15 g / m 2 ! / ヽ.
前記トナー受像層の厚みとしては、特に制限はなぐ目的に応じて適宜選択するこ とができ、例えば、使用されるトナーの粒子径の 1Z2以上が好ましぐ 1倍〜 3倍の厚 さがより好ましぐ具体的には、 1〜50 /ζ πιが好ましぐ 1〜30 /ζ πιがより好ましぐ 2〜 20 μ m力更に好ましく、 5〜15 μ m力特に好まし!/ヽ。 The thickness of the toner image-receiving layer can be appropriately selected according to the purpose for which there is no particular limitation. For example, the thickness of the toner used is preferably 1 to 3 times the particle diameter of the toner, and the thickness is 1 to 3 times. More specifically, 1-50 / ζ πι is preferred 1-30 / ζ πι is more preferred 2- 20 μm force is more preferred, 5-15 μm force is particularly preferred! / ヽ.
[0097] [トナー受像層の諸物性] [0097] [Physical properties of toner image-receiving layer]
前記トナー受像層は、定着部材との定着温度における 180度剥離強さは、 0. 1N Z25mm以下が好ましぐ 0. 041NZ25mm以下がより好ましい。前記 180度剥離 強さは、定着部材の表面素材を用い、 JIS K6887に記載の方法に準拠して測定す ることがでさる。  The toner image-receiving layer has a 180 ° peel strength at a fixing temperature with the fixing member of preferably 0.1 NZ 25 mm or less, more preferably 0.041 NZ 25 mm or less. The 180 degree peel strength can be measured in accordance with the method described in JIS K6887 using the surface material of the fixing member.
前記トナー受像層は、白色度が高いものが好ましい。該白色度としては、 JIS P 8 123に規定される方法で測定して、 85%以上が好ましい。また、 440ηπ!〜 640nm の波長域で、分光反射率が 85%以上、かつ、同波長域の最大分光反射率と最低分 光反射率の差は 5%以内が好ましい。更には、 400ηπ!〜 700nmの波長域で分光反 射率は 85%以上が好ましぐかつ、同波長域の最大分光反射率と最低分光反射率 の差は 5%以内がより好ましい。  The toner image receiving layer preferably has a high whiteness. The whiteness is preferably 85% or more as measured by the method defined in JIS P 8123. Also, 440ηπ! The spectral reflectance is preferably 85% or more in the wavelength range of ˜640 nm, and the difference between the maximum spectral reflectance and the minimum spectral reflectance in the same wavelength region is preferably within 5%. Furthermore, 400ηπ! The spectral reflectance is preferably 85% or more in the wavelength range of ~ 700 nm, and the difference between the maximum spectral reflectance and the minimum spectral reflectance in the same wavelength region is more preferably within 5%.
前記白色度としては、具体的には、 CIE 1976 (L*a*b*)色空間において、 L*値 は 80以上が好ましぐ 85以上がより好ましぐ 90以上が更に好ましい。また、前記白 色の色味はできるだけ-ユートラルであるのが好ましい。白色色味としては、 L*a*b* 空間において、(a*) 2+ (b*) 2の値は 50以下が好ましぐ 18以下がより好ましぐ 5以 下が更に好ましい。 Specifically, as the whiteness, in the CIE 1976 (L * a * b *) color space, the L * value is preferably 80 or more, more preferably 85 or more, and still more preferably 90 or more. The white color is preferably as neutral as possible. As for the white color, in the L * a * b * space, the value of (a *) 2 + (b *) 2 is preferably 50 or less, more preferably 18 or less, and even more preferably 5 or less.
[0098] 前記トナー受像層としては、画像形成後の光沢性が高いのが好ましい。その光沢 度としては、トナーが無い白色力も最大濃度の黒色までの全領域において、 45度光 沢度は 60以上が好ましぐ 75以上がより好ましぐ 90以上が更に好ましい。  The toner image-receiving layer preferably has high gloss after image formation. As the glossiness, in all areas up to the maximum density of black with white power without toner, 60 degrees or more is preferable for 45 degree luminous intensity, more preferably 90 or more, more preferably 75 or more.
ただし、前記光沢度は 110以下が好ましい。 110を超えると金属光沢のようになり画 質として好ましくない。  However, the glossiness is preferably 110 or less. If it exceeds 110, it becomes a metallic luster and is not preferable as an image quality.
ここで、前記光沢度は、例えば、 JIS Z8741に基づいて測定することができる。  Here, the glossiness can be measured based on, for example, JIS Z8741.
[0099] 前記トナー受像層は、定着後に平滑性が高 、のが好ま 、。該平滑度としては、ト ナ一が無 、白色から最大濃度の黒色までの全領域にお!、て、算術平均粗さ (Ra)は 3 μ m以下が好ましぐ 1 μ m以下がより好ましぐ 0. 5 m以下が更に好ましい。 ここで、前記算術平均粗さは、例えば、 JIS B0601、JIS B0651、JIS B0652に 基づ 、て測定することができる。 [0100] 前記トナー受像層は、以下の項目における 1項目の物性を有するのが好ましぐ複 数の項目の物性を有するのがより好ましぐ全ての項目の物性を有するのが更に好ま しい。 [0099] The toner image-receiving layer preferably has high smoothness after fixing. As the smoothness, in all areas from white to the maximum density of black with no toner, the arithmetic average roughness (Ra) is preferably 3 μm or less, more preferably 1 μm or less. Preferred is 0.5 m or less. Here, the arithmetic average roughness can be measured based on, for example, JIS B0601, JIS B0651, JIS B0652. [0100] It is more preferable that the toner image-receiving layer has physical properties of all items more preferably having physical properties of a plurality of items, preferably having physical properties of one item in the following items. .
(1)トナー受像層の Tm (溶融温度)は 30°C以上が好ましぐトナーの Tm+20°C以 下が好ましい。  (1) The Tm (melting temperature) of the toner image-receiving layer is preferably 30 ° C or more, and preferably Tm + 20 ° C or less.
(2)トナー受像層の粘度が 1 X 105cpになる温度は、 40°C以上が好ましぐトナーの それより低いことが好ましい。 (2) The temperature at which the toner image-receiving layer has a viscosity of 1 × 10 5 cp is preferably 40 ° C. or higher and lower than that of the preferred toner.
(3)トナー受像層の定着温度における貯蔵弾性率 (G' )力 1 X 102〜1 X 105Pa、 損失弾性率 (G,,)力 1 X 102〜1 X 105Paが好ましい。 (3) Storage elastic modulus (G ′) force at the fixing temperature of the toner image-receiving layer 1 X 10 2 to 1 X 10 5 Pa, loss elastic modulus (G ,,) force 1 X 10 2 to 1 X 10 5 Pa are preferable .
(4)トナー受像層の定着温度における損失弾性率 (G")と、貯蔵弾性率 (G' )との比 である損失正接(G"ZG,)は、 0. 01〜10が好ましい。  (4) The loss tangent (G "ZG,), which is the ratio of the loss elastic modulus (G") at the fixing temperature of the toner image-receiving layer and the storage elastic modulus (G '), is preferably 0.01 to 10.
(5)トナー受像層の定着温度における貯蔵弾性率 (G' )が、トナーの定着温度にお ける貯蔵弾性率 (G' )に対して、— 50〜+ 2500が好ましい。  (5) The storage elastic modulus (G ′) at the fixing temperature of the toner image-receiving layer is preferably −50 to +2500 with respect to the storage elastic modulus (G ′) at the fixing temperature of the toner.
(6)溶融トナーのトナー受像層上の傾斜角が、 50度以下が好ましぐ 40度以下がよ り好ましい。  (6) The inclination angle of the molten toner on the toner image-receiving layer is preferably 50 ° or less, more preferably 40 ° or less.
また、トナー受像層としては、特許第 2788358号公報、特開平 7— 248637号公 報、特開平 8— 305067号公報、特開平 10— 239889号公報等に開示されている 物性等を満足するものが好まし 、。  The toner image-receiving layer satisfies the physical properties disclosed in Japanese Patent No. 2788358, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 7-248637, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 8-305067, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-239889, etc. Is preferred.
[0101] 前記トナー受像層の表面電気抵抗は、 1 X 106〜1 X 1015Ω Ζ«η2の範囲(25°C — 65%RHの条件にて)が好ましい。 The surface electrical resistance of the toner image-receiving layer is preferably in the range of 1 × 10 6 to 1 × 10 15 ΩΖη 2 (under the condition of 25 ° C.—65% RH).
前記表面抵抗が 1 X 106 Ω Ζ«η2未満であると、トナー受像層にトナーが転写され る際のトナー量が充分でなぐ得られるトナー画像の濃度が低くなり易いことがあり、 1 Χ 1015Ω Ζ。πι2を超えると、転写時に必要以上の電荷が発生し、トナーが充分に転 写されず、画像の濃度が低ぐ電子写真材料の取り扱い中に静電気を帯びて塵埃が 付着し易くなる。また、複写時にミスフィード、重送、放電マーク、トナー転写ヌケ等が 発生することがある。 If the surface resistance is less than 1 × 10 6 ΩΖη 2 , the toner image may have a low toner density when the toner is transferred to the toner image-receiving layer. Χ 10 15 Ω Ζ. If it exceeds πι 2 , an unnecessarily large charge is generated at the time of transfer, the toner is not sufficiently transferred, and electrostatic charges are easily deposited during the handling of the electrophotographic material having a low image density. Misfeeds, double feeds, discharge marks, toner transfer defects, etc. may occur during copying.
ここで、前記表面電気抵抗は、 JIS K6911に準拠し、サンプルを温度 20°C、湿度 65%の環境下に 8時間以上調湿し、同じ環境下で、アドバンテスト (株)製 R8340を 使用し、印加電圧 100Vの条件で、通電して 1分間経過した後に測定することで得ら れる。 Here, the surface electrical resistance is in accordance with JIS K6911, the sample is conditioned at a temperature of 20 ° C and a humidity of 65% for 8 hours or more, and R8340 manufactured by Advantest Corporation is used in the same environment. It can be obtained by measuring the voltage after applying it for 1 minute under the condition of an applied voltage of 100V.
[0102] [その他の層]  [0102] [Other layers]
前記電子写真材料におけるその他の層としては、例えば、表面保護層、バック層、 密着改良層、中間層、下塗り層、クッション層、帯電調節 (防止)層、反射層、色味調 整層、保存性改良層、接着防止層、アンチカール層、及び、平滑化層等が挙げられ る。これらの層は、単層構成であってもよぐ 2以上の層より構成されていてもよい。  Examples of the other layers in the electrophotographic material include a surface protective layer, a back layer, an adhesion improving layer, an intermediate layer, an undercoat layer, a cushion layer, a charge control (prevention) layer, a reflection layer, a color adjustment layer, and storage. Examples thereof include a property improving layer, an adhesion preventing layer, an anti-curl layer, and a smoothing layer. These layers may have a single layer structure or may be composed of two or more layers.
[0103] 表面保護層  [0103] Surface protective layer
前記表面保護層は、前記電子写真材料における表面の保護、保存性の改良、取り 扱い性の改良、筆記性の付与、機器通過性の改良、アンチオフセット性の付与等の 目的で、前記トナー受像層の表面に設けることができる。該表面保護層は、 1層であ つてもよいし、 2層以上の層力もなつていてもよい。表面保護層には、バインダーとし て各種の熱可塑性榭脂、熱硬化性榭脂等を用いることができ、前記トナー受像層と 同種の榭脂を用いるのが好ましい。但し、熱力学的特性や、静電特性等は、トナー 受像層と同じである必要はなぐ各々最適化することができる。  The surface protective layer is used for the purpose of protecting the surface of the electrophotographic material, improving storability, improving handleability, imparting writing properties, improving instrument passability, imparting anti-offset properties, etc. It can be provided on the surface of the layer. The surface protective layer may be a single layer or may have a layer strength of two or more layers. In the surface protective layer, various thermoplastic resins, thermosetting resins and the like can be used as a binder, and it is preferable to use the same type of resin as the toner image receiving layer. However, the thermodynamic characteristics, electrostatic characteristics, etc. can be optimized without having to be the same as that of the toner image-receiving layer.
[0104] 前記表面保護層には、トナー受像層に使用可能な、前述の各種の添加剤を配合 することができる。特に、前記表面保護層には、本発明で使用する離型剤と共に、他 の添加剤、例えば、マット剤等を配合することができる。なお、前記マット剤としては、 種々の公知のものが挙げられる。  [0104] The surface protective layer may contain the various additives described above that can be used for the toner image-receiving layer. In particular, the surface protective layer can be blended with other additives such as a matting agent in addition to the release agent used in the present invention. The matting agent includes various known ones.
前記電子写真材料における最表面層(例えば、表面保護層が形成されている場合 には、表面保護層等)としては、定着性の点で、トナーとの相溶性がよいのが好まし い。具体的には、溶融したトナーとの接触角力 例えば 0〜40度であることが好まし い。  The outermost surface layer in the electrophotographic material (for example, a surface protective layer when a surface protective layer is formed) preferably has good compatibility with the toner from the viewpoint of fixability. Specifically, the contact angular force with the melted toner is preferably, for example, 0 to 40 degrees.
[0105] バック層  [0105] Back layer
前記バック層は、前記電子写真材料において、裏面出力適性付与、裏面出力画質 改良、カールバランス改良、機器通過性改良等の目的で、支持体に対して、トナー 受像層の反対側に設けられるのが好まし 、。  In the electrophotographic material, the back layer is provided on the opposite side of the toner image-receiving layer with respect to the support for the purpose of imparting back surface output suitability, improving back surface output image quality, improving curl balance, and improving device passability. Is preferred.
前記バック層の色としては、特に制限はないが、前記電子写真材料が、裏面にも画 像を形成する両面出力型受像シートの場合、バック層も白色であることが好ましい。 白色度及び分光反射率は、表面と同様に 85%以上が好ましい。 The color of the back layer is not particularly limited, but the electrophotographic material is also printed on the back surface. In the case of a double-sided output type image receiving sheet for forming an image, the back layer is preferably also white. The whiteness and spectral reflectance are preferably 85% or more, as with the surface.
また、両面出力適性改良のため、ノ ック層の構成がトナー受像層側と同様であって もよい。ノ ック層には、上記で説明した各種の添加剤を用いることができる。このよう な添加剤として、特にマット剤や、帯電調整剤等を配合することが適当である。ノック 層は、単層構成であってもよぐ 2層以上の積層構成であってもよい。  Further, in order to improve the duplex output suitability, the structure of the knock layer may be the same as that of the toner image receiving layer side. Various additives described above can be used for the knock layer. As such an additive, it is particularly suitable to add a matting agent, a charge adjusting agent, or the like. The knock layer may have a single layer structure or a laminated structure of two or more layers.
また、定着時のオフセット防止のため、定着ローラ等に離型性オイルを用いている 場合、ノック層は、オイル吸収性としてもよい。  In order to prevent offset at the time of fixing, when a release oil is used for the fixing roller or the like, the knock layer may be oil absorbing.
前記バック層の厚みは、通常、 0. 1〜: LO /z mが好ましい。  The thickness of the back layer is usually preferably from 0.1 to LO / z m.
[0106] 密着改良層等 [0106] Adhesion improving layer, etc.
前記密着改良層は、前記電子写真材料において、支持体及びトナー受像層の密 着性を改良する目的で、形成するのが好ましい。密着改良層には、前述の各種の添 加剤を配合することができ、特に架橋剤を配合するのが好ましい。また、本発明の電 子写真材料には、トナーの受容性を改良するため、該密着改良層及びトナー受像層 の間に、更にクッション層等を設けるのが好ましい。  The adhesion improving layer is preferably formed for the purpose of improving the adhesion between the support and the toner image-receiving layer in the electrophotographic material. The above-mentioned various additives can be blended in the adhesion improving layer, and it is particularly preferable to blend a crosslinking agent. The electrophotographic material of the present invention preferably further comprises a cushion layer or the like between the adhesion improving layer and the toner image receiving layer in order to improve toner acceptability.
[0107] 中間層 [0107] Middle layer
前記中間層は、例えば、支持体及び密着改良層の間、密着改良層及びクッション 層の間、クッション層及びトナー受像層の間、トナー受像層及び保存性改良層との間 等に形成することができる。もちろん、支持体、トナー受像層、及び、中間層からなる 電子写真材料の場合には、中間層は、例えば、支持体及びトナー受像層の間に存 在させることができる。  The intermediate layer is formed, for example, between the support and the adhesion improving layer, between the adhesion improving layer and the cushion layer, between the cushion layer and the toner image receiving layer, and between the toner image receiving layer and the storage stability improving layer. Can do. Of course, in the case of an electrophotographic material comprising a support, a toner image-receiving layer, and an intermediate layer, the intermediate layer can be present, for example, between the support and the toner image-receiving layer.
[0108] なお、本発明の前記電子写真材料の厚みとしては、特に制限はなぐ目的に応じて 適宜選択することができる力 例えば、 50〜550 m力 S好ましく、 100〜350 m力 S より好まし 、。  [0108] The thickness of the electrophotographic material of the present invention is a force that can be appropriately selected according to the purpose for which there is no particular limitation. For example, 50 to 550 m force S is preferable, and 100 to 350 m force S is more preferable. Better ,.
[0109] <トナー >  [0109] <Toner>
本発明の電子写真材料は、印刷又は複写の際に、前記トナー受像層にトナーを受 容させて使用される。  The electrophotographic material of the present invention is used by allowing the toner image receiving layer to receive toner during printing or copying.
前記トナーは、結着榭脂及び着色剤を少なくとも含有してなり、更に必要に応じて 離型剤、その他の成分を含有してなる。 The toner contains at least a binder resin and a colorant, and if necessary, It contains a release agent and other components.
[0110] トナーの結着榭脂ー  [0110] Toner binder
前記結着榭脂としては、特に制限はなぐ通常トナーに用いられているものの中か ら目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、例えば、スチレン、ノ ラクロルスチレン等の スチレン類;ビュルナフタレン、塩化ビュル、臭化ビュル、弗化ビュル、酢酸ビュル、 プロピオン酸ビュル、ベンゾェ酸ビュル、酪酸ビュル等のビュルエステル類;アクリル 酸メチル、アクリル酸ェチル、アクリル酸 n—ブチル、アクリル酸イソブチル、アクリル 酸ドデシル、アクリル酸 n—ォクチル、アクリル酸 2—クロルェチル、アクリル酸フエ- ル、 α クロルアクリル酸メチル、メタクリル酸メチル、メタクリル酸ェチル、メタクリル酸 ブチル等のメチレン脂肪族カルボン酸エステル類;アクリロニトリル、メタクリル口-トリ ル、アクリルアミド等のビュル-トリル類;ビュルメチルエーテル、ビュルェチルエーテ ル、ビュルイソブチルエーテル等のビュルエーテル類; Ν ビュルピロール、 Ν ビ 二ルカルバゾール、 Ν ビュルインドール、 Ν ビニルピロリドン等の Ν ビュル化合 物類;メタクリル酸、アクリル酸、桂皮酸等のビュルカルボン酸類などのビュル系モノ マーの単独重合体又はその共重合体、更には各種ポリエステル類を使用することが でき、各種ワックス類を併用することも可能である。  The binder resin can be appropriately selected according to the purpose from those used in ordinary toners without any particular restrictions. For example, styrenes such as styrene and chlorostyrene; burenaphthalene, Bull esters such as butyl chloride, bromide, fluoride, acetate, propionate, benzoate and butyrate; methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, n-butyl acrylate, isobutyl acrylate, acrylic acid Methylene aliphatic carboxylic acid esters such as dodecyl, n-octyl acrylate, 2-chloroethyl acrylate, phenyl acrylate, methyl chloroacrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, butyl methacrylate; acrylonitrile, methacryl Mouth-tolyl, acrylamide, etc. Butyl compounds such as butyl methyl ether, butyl ether ether, butyl isobutyl ether; Ν bur pyrrole, Ν vinylcarbazole, Ν bur indole, Ν vinyl pyrrolidone, etc. ビ ュ butyl compounds; methacrylic acid, acrylic A homopolymer of a bull monomer such as a bull carboxylic acid such as acid or cinnamic acid or a copolymer thereof, and various polyesters can be used, and various waxes can be used in combination.
これらの榭脂の中で、特に前記トナー受像層に用いたものと同一系統の榭脂を用 いるのが好ましい。  Among these resins, it is preferable to use the same type of resin as that used for the toner image-receiving layer.
[0111] トナーの着色剤— [0111] Colorant of toner—
前記着色剤としては、特に制限はなぐ通常トナーに用いられているものの中から 目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、例えば、カーボンブラック、クロムイェロー、ハ ンザイェロー、ベンジジンイェロー、スレンイェロー、キノリンイェロー、パーメネントォ レンジ GTR、ピラゾロンオレンジ、ノ レカンオレンジ、ウォッチヤングレッド、パーマネ ントレッド、ブリリアンカーミン 3B、ブリリアンカーミン 6B、ディポンオイルレッド、ピラゾ ロンレッド、リソーノレレッド、ローダミン Bレーキ、レーキレッド C、ローズべンガノレ、了二 リンブルー、ウルトラマリンブルー、カルコオイルブルー、メチレンブルーク口ライド、フ タロシア-ンブルー、フタロシア-ングリーン、マラカイトグリーンォクサレレート等の各 種顔料が挙げられる。また、アタリジン系、キサンテン系、ァゾ系、ベンゾキノン系、了 ジン系、アントラキノン系、チォインジコ系、ジォキサジン系、チアジン系、ァゾメチン 系、インジコ系、チォインジコ系、フタロシアニン系、ァニリンブラック系、ポリメチン系 、トリフエニルメタン系、ジフエニルメタン系、チアジン系、チアゾール系、キサンテン系 等の各種染料などが挙げられる。 The colorant is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose from those used in normal toners, such as carbon black, chrome yellow, hansa yellow, benzine yellow, slen yellow, quinoline yellow. , Permenento Range GTR, Pyrazolone Orange, Nolecan Orange, Watch Young Red, Permanent Red, Brilliantamine 3B, Brilliantamine 6B, Dupont Oil Red, Pyrazolone Red, Risonorred Red, Rhodamine B Lake, Lake Red C, Rose Benganore , Ryuji Phosphorus Blue, Ultramarine Blue, Calco Oil Blue, Methylene Blue Mouth Ride, Phthalocyan Blue, Phthalocyan Green, Malachite Green Oxalate, etc. The Also, atalidine, xanthene, azo, benzoquinone, Gin, anthraquinone, thioindico, dioxazine, thiazine, azomethine, indico, thioindico, phthalocyanine, aniline black, polymethine, triphenylmethane, diphenylmethane, thiazine, thiazole, xanthene And various dyes.
これら着色剤は、 1種単独で使用してもよいし、 2種以上を併せて使用してもよい。 前記着色剤の含有量は、特に制限はなぐ 目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、 2〜8質量%の範囲が好ましい。前記着色剤の含有量が 2質量%未満であると、着色 力が弱くなることがあり、 8質量%を超えると、透明性が損なわれることがある。  These colorants may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of the colorant is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, and is preferably in the range of 2 to 8% by mass. When the content of the colorant is less than 2% by mass, the coloring power may be weakened, and when it exceeds 8% by mass, the transparency may be impaired.
[0112] トナーの離型剤一 [0112] Toner release agent
前記離型剤としては、特に制限はなぐ通常トナーに用いられているものの中から 目的に応じて適宜選択することができるが、例えば、比較的低分子量の高結晶性ポ リエチレンワックス、フィッシャートロプシュワックス、アミドワックス、ウレタン結合を有す る化合物等窒素を含有する極性ワックスなどが特に有効である。  The release agent is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose from those used in normal toners. For example, a relatively low molecular weight high crystalline polyethylene wax, Fischer-Tropsch wax is used. In particular, polar waxes containing nitrogen such as amide waxes and compounds having urethane bonds are particularly effective.
前記ポリエチレンワックスの分子量は 1,000以下が好ましぐ 300〜1,000力より好 ましい。  The molecular weight of the polyethylene wax is preferably 1,000 or less, more preferably from 300 to 1,000 forces.
前記ウレタン結合を有する化合物は、低分子量であっても極性基による凝集力の 強さにより、固体状態を保ち、融点も分子量のわりには高く設定できるので好適であ る。前記分子量の好ましい範囲は 300〜1,000である。原料は、ジイソシアン酸ィ匕合 物類とモノアルコール類との組合せ、モノイソシアン酸とモノアルコールとの組合せ、 ジアルコール類とモノイソシアン酸との組合せ、トリアルコール類とモノイソシアン酸と の組合せ、トリイソシアン酸ィ匕合物類とモノアルコール類との組合せ等、種々の組合 せを選択することができるが、高分子量ィ匕させないために、多官能基と単官能基の化 合物を組合せるのが好ましぐまた等価の官能基量となるようにすることが好ま 、。  The compound having a urethane bond is preferable because even if it has a low molecular weight, the solid state can be maintained and the melting point can be set high for the molecular weight due to the strength of cohesive force due to the polar group. A preferable range of the molecular weight is 300 to 1,000. The raw materials are a combination of diisocyanate compounds and monoalcohols, a combination of monoisocyanic acid and monoalcohol, a combination of dialcohols and monoisocyanic acid, a combination of trialcohols and monoisocyanic acid, Various combinations such as combinations of triisocyanate compounds and monoalcohols can be selected, but in order not to increase the molecular weight, combinations of polyfunctional and monofunctional groups are combined. It is preferable that the amount of functional groups be equal.
[0113] 前記モノイソシアン酸ィ匕合物としては、例えば、イソシアン酸ドデシル、イソシアン酸 フエ-ル及びその誘導体、イソシアン酸ナフチル、イソシアン酸へキシル、イソシアン 酸ベンジル、イソシアン酸ブチル、イソシアン酸ァリル等が挙げられる。 [0113] Examples of the monoisocyanate compound include dodecyl isocyanate, phenol and its derivatives, naphthyl isocyanate, hexyl isocyanate, benzyl isocyanate, butyl isocyanate, allylic isocyanate and the like. Is mentioned.
前記ジイソシアン酸ィ匕合物としては、例えば、ジイソシアン酸トリレン、ジイソシアン 酸 4、 4,ジフエ-ルメタン、ジイソシアン酸トルエン、ジイソシアン酸 1、 3 フエ-レン、 ジイソシアン酸へキサメチレン、ジイソシアン酸 4—メチル m—フエ-レン、ジィソシ アン酸イソホロン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the diisocyanate compound include, for example, tolylene diisocyanate, diisocyanate 4, 4, diphenol methane, toluene diisocyanate, diisocyanate 1, 3 phenol, Examples include hexamethylene diisocyanate, 4-methyl m-phenolene diisocyanate, and isophorone disoocyanate.
前記モノアルコールとしては、例えば、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、ブタノ ール、ペンタノール、へキサノール、ヘプタノール等が挙げられる。  Examples of the monoalcohol include methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, pentanol, hexanol, heptanol and the like.
前記ジアルコール類としては、例えば、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、 トリエチレングリコール、トリメチレングリコール等の多数のグリコール類;トリアルコー ル類としては、トリメチロールプロパン、トリェチロールプロパン、トリメタノールエタン等 が挙げられる。  Examples of the dialcohols include numerous glycols such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, and trimethylene glycol; examples of the trial alcohols include trimethylolpropane, triethylolpropane, and trimethanolethane.
[0114] これらのウレタンィ匕合物類は、通常の離型剤のように、混練時に榭脂ゃ着色剤とと もに混合して、混練粉砕型トナーとしても使用できる。また、前記の乳化重合凝集溶 融法トナーに用いる場合には、水中にイオン性界面活性剤や高分子酸や高分子塩 基等の高分子電解質とともに分散し、融点以上に加熱してホモジナイザーや圧力吐 出型分散機で強い剪断を力けて微粒子化し、 1 μ m以下の離型剤粒子分散液を調 製し、榭脂粒子分散液、着色剤分散液等とともに用いることができる。  [0114] These urethane composites can be used as a kneaded and pulverized toner by mixing with a resin and a colorant at the time of kneading, as in a normal release agent. Further, when used in the above emulsion polymerization aggregation melting toner, it is dispersed in water together with an ionic surfactant, a polymer electrolyte such as a polymer acid or a polymer base, and heated to a temperature equal to or higher than the melting point, It can be made into fine particles by applying strong shear with a pressure discharge type disperser, and a release agent particle dispersion of 1 μm or less can be prepared and used together with a resin particle dispersion, a colorant dispersion and the like.
[0115] トナーのその他の成分 [0115] Other components of toner
また、前記トナーには、内添剤、帯電制御剤、無機微粒子等のその他の成分を配 合することができる。前記内添剤としては、例えば、フェライト、マグネタイト、還元鉄、 コバルト、ニッケル、マンガン等の金属、合金、又はこれら金属を含む化合物などの 磁性体を使用することができる。  In addition, other components such as an internal additive, a charge control agent, and inorganic fine particles can be mixed with the toner. As the internal additive, for example, a magnetic material such as a metal such as ferrite, magnetite, reduced iron, cobalt, nickel, manganese, an alloy, or a compound containing these metals can be used.
[0116] 前記帯電制御剤としては、例えば、 4級アンモニゥム塩ィ匕合物、ニグ口シン系化合 物、アルミニウムや、鉄、クロム等の錯体力 なる染料、トリフエニルメタン系顔料等の 通常使用される種々の帯電制御剤を使用することができる。なお、凝集、溶融時の安 定性に影響するイオン強度の制御や、廃水汚染を減少する観点力 水に溶解しにく い材料が好ましい。 [0116] As the charge control agent, for example, a quaternary ammonium salt compound, a niggincin compound, a dye having a complex power such as aluminum, iron or chromium, or a triphenylmethane pigment is usually used. Various charge control agents can be used. A material that is difficult to dissolve in water is preferable because it controls the ionic strength that affects the stability during agglomeration and melting, and reduces the contamination of wastewater.
[0117] 前記無機微粒子としては、例えば、シリカ、アルミナ、チタ-ァ、炭酸カルシウム、炭 酸マグネシウム、リン酸三カルシウム等、通常、トナー表面の外添剤を全て使用でき、 それらをイオン性界面活性剤や高分子酸、高分子塩基で分散して使用するのが好ま しい。 [0118] 更に、乳化重合、シード重合、顔料分散、榭脂粒子分散、離型剤分散、凝集、更に は、それらの安定ィ匕等に界面活性剤を用いることができる。例えば、硫酸エステル塩 系、スルホン酸塩系、リン酸エステル系、せっけん系等のァ-オン界面活性剤、ァミン 塩型、 4級アンモ-ゥム塩型等のカチオン系界面活性剤、また、ポリエチレングリコー ル系、アルキルフエノールエチレンオキサイド付加物系、多価アルコール系等の非ィ オン性界面活性剤を併用することも効果的である。その際の分散手段としては、回転 せん断型ホモジナイザーやメディアを有するボールミル、サンドミル、ダイノミル等の 一般的なものが使用可能である。 [0117] As the inorganic fine particles, for example, all external additives on the toner surface such as silica, alumina, titer, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, tricalcium phosphate, etc. can be generally used, and they are used at the ionic interface. It is preferable to use it dispersed with an activator, polymer acid or polymer base. [0118] Furthermore, surfactants can be used for emulsion polymerization, seed polymerization, pigment dispersion, resin particle dispersion, release agent dispersion, aggregation, and their stability. For example, sulfate-based, sulfonate-based, phosphate-based, soap-based surfactant surfactants, amine salt-type, quaternary ammonium salt-type cationic surfactants, etc. It is also effective to use nonionic surfactants such as polyethylene glycol, alkylphenol ethylene oxide adducts, and polyhydric alcohols in combination. As the dispersing means at that time, a general means such as a rotary shear type homogenizer, a ball mill having media, a sand mill, a dyno mill, or the like can be used.
[0119] なお、前記トナーには、必要に応じて更に外添剤を添加してもよい。前記外添剤と しては、無機粒子又は有機粒子が挙げられる。前記無機粒子としては、例えば、 SiO 、 TiO、 Al O、 CuO、 ZnO、 SnO、 Fe O、 MgO、 BaO、 CaO、 K 0、 Na 0、 Z [0119] An external additive may be further added to the toner as necessary. Examples of the external additive include inorganic particles and organic particles. Examples of the inorganic particles include SiO, TiO, AlO, CuO, ZnO, SnO, FeO, MgO, BaO, CaO, K0, Na0, and Z.
2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 rO、 CaO- SiO、 K O - (TiO ) 、 Al O - 2SiO、 CaCO、 MgCO、 BaSO、 Mg2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 rO, CaO-SiO, K O-(TiO), Al O-2SiO, CaCO, MgCO, BaSO, Mg
2 2 2 2 n 2 3 2 3 3 4 so等が挙げられる。また、前記有機粒子としては、例えば、脂肪酸又はその誘導体2 2 2 2 n 2 3 2 3 3 4 so and the like. Examples of the organic particles include fatty acids or derivatives thereof.
4 Four
、これらの金属塩等の粉末、フッ素系榭脂、ポリエチレン榭脂、アクリル榭脂等の榭脂 粉末などを用いることができる。  Further, powders of these metal salts, etc., rosin powders such as fluorine-based resin, polyethylene resin, and acrylic resin can be used.
これらの粒子の平均粒径は、例えば、 0. 01〜5 111カ 子ましく、 0. 1〜2 /ζ πιがより 好ましい。  The average particle size of these particles is, for example, 0.01 to 5 111 particles, more preferably 0.1 to 2 / ζ πι.
[0120] 前記トナーの製造方法は、特に制限はなぐ目的に応じて適宜選択することができ 、 (i)榭脂粒子を分散させてなる分散液中で凝集粒子を形成し凝集粒子分散液を調 製する工程、(ii)前記凝集粒子分散液中に、微粒子を分散させてなる微粒子分散液 を添加混合して前記凝集粒子に前記微粒子を付着させて付着粒子を形成する工程 、及び (iii)前記付着粒子を加熱し融合してトナー粒子を形成する工程、とを含むトナ 一の製造方法により製造するのが好ましい。  [0120] The method for producing the toner can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose without any particular limitation. (I) The aggregated particle dispersion is formed by forming aggregated particles in a dispersion obtained by dispersing the resin particles. A step of preparing, (ii) a step of adding and mixing a fine particle dispersion in which fine particles are dispersed in the aggregated particle dispersion and attaching the fine particles to the aggregated particles to form attached particles, and (iii) It is preferable that the toner is manufactured by a toner manufacturing method including the step of heating and fusing the adhered particles to form toner particles.
[0121] トナーの物性等  [0121] Physical properties of toner
前記トナーの体積平均粒子径は 0. 5 μ m以上 10 μ m以下が好ましい。 前記トナーの体積平均粒子径が小さすぎると、トナーのハンドリング (補給性、タリー ユング性、流動性等)に悪影響が生じる場合があり、また、粒子生産性が低下する場 合がある。一方、トナーの体積平均粒子径が大きすぎると、粒状性、転写性に起因す る画質、解像度に悪影響を与える場合がある。 The volume average particle size of the toner is preferably 0.5 μm or more and 10 μm or less. If the volume average particle diameter of the toner is too small, toner handling (replenishability, tallying properties, fluidity, etc.) may be adversely affected, and particle productivity may be reduced. On the other hand, if the volume average particle diameter of the toner is too large, it is caused by graininess and transferability. Image quality and resolution may be adversely affected.
また、前記トナーは、該トナーの体積平均粒子径範囲を満たし、かつ、体積平均粒 度分布指数 (GSDv)は 1. 3以下が好ましい。  The toner preferably satisfies the volume average particle size range of the toner and has a volume average particle size distribution index (GSDv) of 1.3 or less.
前記体積平均粒度分布指数 (GSDv)と数平均粒度分布指数 (GSDn)との比 (GS DvZGSDn)は 0. 95以上が好ましい。  The ratio (GS DvZGSDn) of the volume average particle size distribution index (GSDv) to the number average particle size distribution index (GSDn) is preferably 0.95 or more.
また、前記トナーは、該トナーの体積平均粒子径の範囲を満たし、かつ下記式で表 される形状係数の平均値は 1. 00-1. 50が好ましい。  The toner preferably satisfies the range of the volume average particle diameter of the toner, and the average value of the shape factor represented by the following formula is preferably 1.00-1.50.
形状係数= (兀 ) 7 (4 3)  Shape factor = (兀) 7 (4 3)
(ただし、 Lはトナー粒子の最大長、 Sはトナー粒子の投影面積を示す。 )  (However, L is the maximum length of toner particles, and S is the projected area of toner particles.)
前記トナーが上記条件を満たす場合には、画質、特に、粒状性、解像度に効果が あり、また、転写に伴う抜けやブラーが生じにくぐ平均粒径が小さくなくてもハンドリ ング性に悪影響が出にくくなる。  When the toner satisfies the above conditions, it is effective for image quality, particularly graininess, and resolution, and handling properties are adversely affected even if the average particle size, which is difficult to cause omission and blurring due to transfer, is not small. It becomes difficult to come out.
[0122] なお、前記トナー自体の 150°Cにおける貯蔵弾性率 G' (角周波数 lOmdZsecで 測定)は、 1 X 102〜1 X 105Paであることが、定着工程での画質向上とオフセット性 の防止の面から適当である。 It should be noted that the storage elastic modulus G ′ (measured at an angular frequency lOmdZsec) at 150 ° C. of the toner itself is 1 × 10 2 to 1 × 10 5 Pa. This is appropriate from the viewpoint of preventing sex.
[0123] <感熱材料 > [0123] <Thermal material>
前記感熱材料としては、例えば、本発明の前記画像記録材料用支持体上に、前記 画像記録層として、少なくとも感熱記録層を設けた構成を有し、感熱ヘッドによる加 熱と紫外線による定着の繰り返しにより画像を形成するサーモオートクローム方式 (T A方式)にお 、て用いられる感熱材料等が挙げられる。  The heat-sensitive material has, for example, a structure in which at least a heat-sensitive recording layer is provided as the image-recording layer on the image-recording material support of the present invention, and repeated heating by a heat-sensitive head and fixing by ultraviolet rays. Examples of the thermosensitive material used in the thermoautochrome method (TA method) for forming an image by the above method.
[0124] <昇華転写材料 > [0124] <Sublimation transfer material>
前記昇華転写材料としては、例えば、本発明の前記画像記録材料用支持体上に、 前記画像記録層として、少なくとも熱拡散性色素 (昇華性色素)を含有するインク層を 設けた構成を有し、感熱ヘッドにより加熱してインク層から熱拡散性色素を昇華転写 シート上に転写する昇華転写方式などが挙げられる。  The sublimation transfer material has, for example, a configuration in which an ink layer containing at least a heat diffusible dye (sublimation dye) is provided as the image recording layer on the support for image recording material of the present invention. And a sublimation transfer method in which a heat-diffusible dye is transferred from an ink layer onto a sublimation transfer sheet by heating with a thermal head.
[0125] <熱転写材料 > [0125] <Thermal transfer material>
前記熱転写材料としては、例えば、本発明の前記画像記録材料用支持体上に、前 記画像記録層として、少なくとも熱溶融性インク層を設けた構成を有し、感熱ヘッドに より加熱して熱溶融性インク層からインクを熱転写シート上に溶融転写する方式など が挙げられる。 The thermal transfer material has, for example, a structure in which at least a heat-meltable ink layer is provided as the image recording layer on the support for image recording material of the present invention, and is used in a thermal head. For example, the ink may be melted and transferred from a heat-meltable ink layer to a heat transfer sheet by heating.
[0126] く熱現像材料〉  [0126] <Heat development material>
前記熱現像材料としては、本発明の前記画像記録材料用支持体上に、前記画像 記録層として、例えば、特開 2002— 40643号公報に記載されているような感光感熱 記録層を設けた構成を有し、焼付露光された熱現像材料を、加熱ローラ、加熱ベルト 、プレートヒーター、サーマルヘッド、レーザー、及びこれらの組合わせのいずれかを 用いた加熱方式で加熱することにより可視画像を形成することができるものが挙げら れる。  As the heat developing material, on the support for image recording material of the present invention, a photothermographic recording layer as described in, for example, JP-A-2002-40643 is provided as the image recording layer. A visible image is formed by heating the heat-developable material that has been subjected to printing and exposure with a heating method using any one of a heating roller, a heating belt, a plate heater, a thermal head, a laser, and a combination thereof. That can do that.
また、本発明の前記画像記録材料用支持体上に、前記画像記録層として、例えば 、特開 2004— 246026号公報に記載されているような熱現像感光層を設けた構成 を有し、焼付露光された熱現像材料を、加熱ローラ、加熱ベルト、プレートヒーター、 サーマルヘッド、レーザー、及びこれらの組合わせのいずれかを用いた加熱方式で 加熱することにより可視画像を形成することができるものが挙げられる。  Further, the image recording material support of the present invention has a structure in which a photothermographic layer as described in, for example, JP-A-2004-246026 is provided as the image recording layer, and printing is performed. A material capable of forming a visible image by heating the exposed heat developing material by a heating method using any one of a heating roller, a heating belt, a plate heater, a thermal head, a laser, and a combination thereof. Can be mentioned.
[0127] く銀塩写真材料 >  [0127] Silver salt photographic material>
前記銀塩写真材料としては、例えば、本発明の前記画像記録材料用支持体上に、 前記画像記録層として、少なくともイェロー (Y)、マゼンタ (M)、及びシアン (C)に発 色する画像記録層を設けた構成を有し、焼付露光されたハロゲン化銀写真用シート を複数の処理槽内を浸漬しながら通過することにより、発色現像、漂白定着、水洗を 行い、乾燥するハロゲンィ匕銀写真方式、等が挙げられる。  As the silver salt photographic material, for example, on the support for image recording material of the present invention, an image that develops at least yellow (Y), magenta (M), and cyan (C) as the image recording layer. Halogenated silver which has a structure with a recording layer and is color-developed, bleach-fixed, washed with water, and dried by passing the baked and exposed silver halide photographic sheet through a plurality of processing baths Photographic system, etc.
[0128] <インクジェット記録材料 >  [0128] <Inkjet recording material>
前記インクジェット記録材料としては、例えば、本発明の画像記録材料用支持体上 に、前記画像記録層として、水性インク(色材として染料又は顔料を用いたもの)及び 油性インク等の液状インクや、常温では固体であり、溶融液状化させて印画に供する 固体状インク等を受容できる前記色材受容層を有する。  As the ink jet recording material, for example, on the support for image recording material of the present invention, as the image recording layer, a liquid ink such as a water-based ink (using a dye or pigment as a coloring material) and an oil-based ink, The colorant receiving layer is solid at room temperature and can receive solid ink or the like that is melted and liquefied and used for printing.
[0129] <印刷用紙 >  [0129] <Printing paper>
前記画像記録材料用支持体は、印刷用紙として用いることも好ましい。印刷用紙と して用いる場合には、印刷機械によりインク等を塗布する点から、機械強度が高いも のが好ましい。 The image recording material support is also preferably used as printing paper. When used as printing paper, it has high mechanical strength because it is coated with ink by a printing machine. Is preferred.
前記印刷用紙は、オフセット印刷用紙として特に好適であり、その他にも凸版印刷 用紙、グラビア印刷用紙、電子写真用紙として使用することが可能である。  The printing paper is particularly suitable as offset printing paper, and can also be used as relief printing paper, gravure printing paper, and electrophotographic paper.
[0130] 本発明の画像記録材料は、ブリスターの発生がなぐ記録ムラや定着ムラの発生の ない画像記録材料用支持体と、該支持体上に前記画像記録層を有するため、高画 質の画像を記録可能であり、電子写真材料、感熱材料、昇華転写材料、熱転写材料 、熱現像材料、銀塩写真材料、及びインクジェット記録材料として好適なものである。  The image recording material of the present invention has a high image quality because it has a support for image recording material without occurrence of recording unevenness and fixing unevenness without occurrence of blisters and the image recording layer on the support. An image can be recorded and is suitable as an electrophotographic material, a heat-sensitive material, a sublimation transfer material, a heat transfer material, a heat development material, a silver salt photographic material, and an ink jet recording material.
[0131] (画像記録方法) [0131] (Image recording method)
本発明の画像記録方法は、第 1形態では、本発明の前記画像記録材料用支持体 上に少なくとも感熱記録層を有する感熱記録材料をサーマルヘッド及びレーザーの V、ずれかを用いた加熱により画像を記録する画像記録工程を含んでなり、更に必要 に応じてその他の工程を含んでなる。  In the first embodiment, the image recording method of the present invention, in the first embodiment, forms an image by heating a thermal recording material having at least a thermal recording layer on the support for image recording material of the present invention using a thermal head and a laser V or a deviation. An image recording process for recording the image, and further including other processes as necessary.
前記画像記録工程としては、感熱記録材料として本発明の前記画像記録材料用 支持体上に少なくとも感熱記録層を有するものを用いる以外は、特に制限はなぐ公 知の感熱記録方式の中から目的に応じて適宜選択することができる。  As the image recording step, there is no particular limitation except for using a heat-sensitive recording material having at least a heat-sensitive recording layer on the image-recording material support of the present invention. It can be appropriately selected depending on the case.
前記サーマルヘッドとしては、特に制限はなぐ目的に応じて適宜選択することがで き、例えば、複数個の発熱素子を所定のエリア内に縦横に並べて配置したエリア型 のサーマルヘッド、複数個の発熱素子を縦に配置したライン型のサーマルヘッド、な どが好適である。  The thermal head can be appropriately selected according to the purpose for which there is no particular limitation. For example, an area-type thermal head in which a plurality of heating elements are arranged vertically and horizontally in a predetermined area, and a plurality of heating elements. A line-type thermal head in which elements are arranged vertically is suitable.
前記レーザーとしては、特に制限はなぐ目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、例 えば、使用されるレーザー光としては、アルゴンイオンレーザー光、ヘリウムネオンレ 一ザ一光、ヘリウムカドミウムレーザー光等のガスレーザー光; YAGレーザー光等の 固体レーザー光;半導体レーザー光;色素レーザー光;エキシマレーザー光等の直 接的なレーザー光が利用される。  The laser can be appropriately selected according to the purpose without any particular restriction. For example, the laser light used may be argon ion laser light, helium neon laser light, helium cadmium laser light, or the like. Gas laser light; Solid laser light such as YAG laser light; Semiconductor laser light; Dye laser light; Direct laser light such as excimer laser light is used.
前記加熱温度は、特に制限はなぐ目的に応じて適宜選択することができる。  The heating temperature can be appropriately selected according to the purpose for which there is no particular limitation.
[0132] 本発明の画像記録方法は、第 2形態では、潜像記録工程と、熱現像工程とを含ん でなり、更に必要に応じてその他の工程を含んでなる。 [0132] In the second embodiment, the image recording method of the present invention includes a latent image recording step and a heat development step, and further includes other steps as necessary.
前記潜像記録工程は、本発明の前記画像記録材料用支持体上に少なくとも画像 記録層(例えば感光感熱記録層、熱現像感光層)を有する熱転写材料を焼付露光 により潜像を形成する工程である。 The latent image recording step includes at least an image on the support for image recording material of the present invention. This is a step of forming a latent image by printing exposure of a thermal transfer material having a recording layer (for example, a light and heat sensitive recording layer or a heat development photosensitive layer).
前記熱現像工程は、焼付露光された熱現像材料を、加熱ローラ、加熱ベルト、プレ ートヒーター、サーマルヘッド、レーザー、及びこれらの組合わせのいずれかを用い た加熱方式で加熱することにより可視画像を形成する工程である。  In the heat development step, the heat-developable material subjected to printing exposure is heated by a heating method using any one of a heating roller, a heating belt, a plate heater, a thermal head, a laser, and a combination thereof, thereby forming a visible image. It is a process of forming.
前記加熱は、特に制限はなぐ目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、通常、 80〜 250。Cで行うこと力 子まし ヽ。  The heating can be appropriately selected according to the purpose for which there is no particular limitation, and is usually 80 to 250. The power to do in C
[0133] 本発明の画像記録方法は、第 3形態では、トナー画像形成工程と、熱定着工程とを 含んでなり、更に必要に応じてその他の工程を含んでなる。 [0133] In the third embodiment, the image recording method of the present invention includes a toner image forming step and a heat fixing step, and further includes other steps as necessary.
前記トナー画像形成工程は、本発明の前記画像記録材料用支持体上に少なくとも トナー受像層を有する電子写真材料にトナー画像を形成する工程である。  The toner image forming step is a step of forming a toner image on an electrophotographic material having at least a toner image receiving layer on the image recording material support of the present invention.
前記トナー画像形成工程としては、電子写真材料にトナー画像を形成することがで きるものであれば特に制限はなぐ目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、例えば、 通常の電子写真方法で使用される方法、例えば、現像ローラ上に形成したトナー画 像を電子写真材料に転写する直接転写方式、又は中間転写ベルト等に一次転写し た後、電子写真材料に転写する中間転写ベルト方式が挙げられる。これらの中でも、 環境安定性及び高画質化の面から、中間転写ベルト方式が好適に使用することがで きる。  The toner image forming step can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose without particular limitation as long as it can form a toner image on an electrophotographic material, and is used, for example, in a normal electrophotographic method. For example, a direct transfer method in which a toner image formed on a developing roller is transferred to an electrophotographic material, or an intermediate transfer belt method in which a toner image is transferred to an electrophotographic material after primary transfer to an intermediate transfer belt or the like. . Among these, the intermediate transfer belt method can be suitably used from the viewpoint of environmental stability and high image quality.
前記熱定着工程は、該トナー画像形成工程により形成されたトナー画像を定着口 ーラ、定着ベルト及びこれらの組合わせの 、ずれかを用 、た加熱により定着を行うェ 程である。  The heat fixing step is a step of fixing the toner image formed by the toner image forming step by heating using a fixing roller, a fixing belt, and a combination thereof.
前記加熱は、特に制限はなぐ目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、通常、 80〜 The heating can be appropriately selected according to the purpose without particular limitation, and is usually 80 to
200°Cで行うことが好まし!/、。 It is preferable to do it at 200 ° C! /.
[0134] 本発明の画像記録方法は、第 4の形態では、トナー画像形成工程と、画像表面平 滑ィ匕定着工程とを含んでなり、更に必要に応じてその他の工程を含んでなる。 In the fourth embodiment, the image recording method of the present invention includes a toner image forming step and an image surface smoothness / fixing step, and further includes other steps as necessary.
[0135] 前記トナー画像形成工程としては、前記第 3の形態におけるトナー画像形成工程と 同様である。 The toner image forming step is the same as the toner image forming step in the third embodiment.
前記画像表面平滑化定着工程は、前記トナー画像形成工程により形成されたトナ 一画像の表面を平滑化する工程である。該画像表面平滑化定着工程は、トナー画 像を、加熱加圧部材とベルト部材と冷却装置とを有する画像表面平滑化定着処理機 を用いて、加熱及び加圧し、冷却し剥離する。 The image surface smoothing and fixing step includes a toner formed by the toner image forming step. This is a step of smoothing the surface of one image. In the image surface smoothing and fixing step, the toner image is heated and pressed using an image surface smoothing and fixing processor having a heating and pressing member, a belt member, and a cooling device, and then cooled and peeled off.
前記画像表面平滑化定着処理機は、加熱加圧部材と、ベルト部材と、冷却装置と 、を有し、冷却剥離部、更に必要に応じてその他の部材を備えてなる。  The image surface smoothing and fixing processor includes a heating and pressing member, a belt member, and a cooling device, and includes a cooling and peeling unit and, if necessary, other members.
[0136] 前記加熱加圧部材としては、特に制限はなぐ目的に応じて適宜選択することがで き、例えば、一対の加熱ローラ、加熱ローラと加圧ローラとの組合わせ、等が挙げられ る。  [0136] The heating and pressing member can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose without any particular limitation, and examples thereof include a pair of heating rollers, a combination of a heating roller and a pressing roller, and the like. .
前記冷却装置としては特に制限はなぐ目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、例 えば、冷気を送風可能であり、冷却温度等を調節可能である冷却装置、ヒートシンク 、等が用いられる。  The cooling device can be appropriately selected according to the purpose for which there is no particular restriction. For example, a cooling device, a heat sink, or the like that can blow cool air and adjust a cooling temperature or the like can be used.
前記冷却剥離部としては、特に制限はなぐ目的に応じて適宜選択することができ 、例えば、電子写真材料自身の剛性 (腰の強さ)でベルトから剥離するテンションロー ル近傍位置が挙げられる。  The cooling peeling portion can be appropriately selected according to the purpose without any particular restriction, and examples thereof include a position in the vicinity of the tension roll where the electrophotographic material itself peels off from the belt due to the rigidity (strength of waist).
[0137] 前記画像表面平滑化定着処理機の加熱加圧部材に前記トナー画像を接触させる 際には、加圧するのが好ましい。この加圧の方法としては、特に制限はなぐ目的に 応じて適宜選択することができるが、二ップ圧を採用するのが好ましい。前記二ップ圧 としては、耐水性、表面平滑性に優れ、良好な光沢を有する画像形成を行う観点か ら、 1〜: L00kgf/cm2が好ましぐ 5〜30kgf/cm2がより好ましい。また、前記加熱 加圧部材における加熱は、前記トナー受像層用ポリマーの軟ィヒ点以上の温度であり 、用いるトナー受像層用ポリマーに応じて異なる力 通常、 80〜200°Cが好ましい。 前記冷却装置における冷却温度は、前記トナー受像層が十分に固化する 80°C以下 の温度が好ましぐ 20〜80°Cがより好ましい。 [0137] When the toner image is brought into contact with the heating and pressing member of the image surface smoothing fixing processor, it is preferable to apply pressure. The method of pressurization can be appropriately selected according to the purpose for which there is no particular limitation, but it is preferable to employ a two-ply pressure. As the nips pressure, water resistance, excellent surface smoothness, viewpoint et performing image formation with a good gloss, 1~: L00kgf / cm 2 is preferably tool 5~30kgf / cm 2 and more preferably . The heating in the heating and pressing member is at a temperature higher than the soft point of the toner image-receiving layer polymer, and a different force depending on the toner image-receiving layer polymer used. Usually, 80 to 200 ° C. is preferable. The cooling temperature in the cooling device is more preferably 20 to 80 ° C., preferably 80 ° C. or less, at which the toner image-receiving layer is sufficiently solidified.
[0138] 前記ベルト部材は、耐熱性支持体フィルムと、該支持体フィルム上に形成された離 型層とを有する。  [0138] The belt member includes a heat-resistant support film and a release layer formed on the support film.
前記支持体フィルムの材料としては、耐熱性を備えていれば特に制限はなぐ目的 に応じて適宜選択することができ、例えば、ポリイミド (PI)、ポリエチレンナフタレート( PEN)、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン(PEEK)、 ポリエーテルサルホン(PES)、ポリエーテルイミド(PEI)、ポリパラバン酸(PPA)、等 が挙げられる。 The material of the support film can be appropriately selected according to the purpose without particular limitation as long as it has heat resistance. For example, polyimide (PI), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polyethylene terephthalate (PET) , Polyetheretherketone (PEEK), Examples include polyethersulfone (PES), polyetherimide (PEI), polyparabanic acid (PPA), and the like.
[0139] 前記離型層は、シリコーンゴム、フッ素ゴム、フルォロカーボンシロキサンゴム、シリ コーン榭脂及びフッ素榭脂から選択される少なくとも 1種を含有することが好まし 、。 これらの中でも、ベルト部材の表面にフルォロカーボンシロキサンゴム含有層を設け る態様、前記ベルト部材の表面にシリコーンゴム含有層を有し、かつ、該シリコーンゴ ム含有層の表面にフルォロカーボンシロキサンゴム含有層を設ける態様が好ましい。  [0139] The release layer preferably contains at least one selected from silicone rubber, fluorine rubber, fluorocarbon siloxane rubber, silicone resin and fluorine resin. Among these, a mode in which a fluorocarbon siloxane rubber-containing layer is provided on the surface of the belt member, a silicone rubber-containing layer is provided on the surface of the belt member, and a fluorocarbon is provided on the surface of the silicone rubber-containing layer. An embodiment in which a carbon siloxane rubber-containing layer is provided is preferable.
[0140] 前記フルォロカーボンシロキサンゴムとしては、主鎖にパーフルォロアルキルエー テル基及びパーフルォロアルキル基の少なくとも 、ずれかを有するものが好まし 、。 前記フルォロカーボンシロキサンゴムとしては、下記 (A)〜(D)成分を含有するフ ルォロカーボンシロキサンゴム組成物の硬化物が好適である。  [0140] The fluorocarbon siloxane rubber preferably has at least one of a perfluoroalkyl ether group and a perfluoroalkyl group in the main chain. As the fluorocarbon siloxane rubber, a cured product of a fluorocarbon siloxane rubber composition containing the following components (A) to (D) is preferable.
(A)下記一般式(1)のフルォロカーボンシロキサンを主成分とし、脂肪族不飽和基を 有するフルォロカーボンポリマー、(B) l分子中に 2個以上の≡SiH基を含有し、上 記フルォロカーボンシロキサンゴム組成物中の脂肪族不飽和基量に対して上記≡ Si H基の含有量が 1〜4倍モル量であるオルガノポリシロキサン及びフルォロカーボン シロキサンの少なくともいずれか、(C)充填剤、及び (D)有効量の触媒。  (A) A fluorocarbon polymer having a fluorocarbon siloxane represented by the following general formula (1) as a main component and having an aliphatic unsaturated group, (B) containing two or more ≡SiH groups in one molecule. , At least one of organopolysiloxane and fluorocarbon siloxane in which the content of the ≡Si H group is 1 to 4 times the molar amount with respect to the amount of aliphatic unsaturated groups in the fluorocarbon siloxane rubber composition, (C) a filler, and (D) an effective amount of catalyst.
[0141] 前記 (A)成分のフルォロカーボンポリマーは、下記一般式(1)で示される繰り返し 単位を有するフルォロカーボンシロキサンを主成分とし、脂肪族不飽和基を有するも のである。  [0141] The fluorocarbon polymer of the component (A) is mainly composed of a fluorocarbon siloxane having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and has an aliphatic unsaturated group.
[0142] [化 1]  [0142] [Chemical 1]
Figure imgf000046_0001
Figure imgf000046_0001
—般式 ( 1 )  —General formula (1)
[0143] 前記一般式(1)において、 R1C>は、非置換又は置換の炭素数 1〜8の一価炭化水素 基であり、炭素数 1〜8のアルキル基、又は炭素数 2〜3のァルケ-ル基が好ましぐ メチル基が特に好ましい。 [0143] In the general formula (1), R1C> represents an unsubstituted or substituted monovalent hydrocarbon having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. A methyl group is particularly preferred, which is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms.
a, eは、それぞれ 0又は 1の整数を表す。 b, dは、それぞれ 1〜4の整数を表す。 c は、 0〜8の整数を表す。また、 Xは、 1以上が好ましぐ 10〜30がより好ましい。  a and e each represents an integer of 0 or 1. b and d each represent an integer of 1 to 4. c represents an integer of 0 to 8. X is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 10-30.
[0144] 前記 (A)成分としては、下記一般式(2)で示すものを挙げることができる。  [0144] Examples of the component (A) include those represented by the following general formula (2).
[化 2]  [Chemical 2]
CH2 = CH CH 2 = CH
Figure imgf000047_0001
Figure imgf000047_0001
CH3  CH3
—般式 (2 ) —General formula (2)
[0145] 前記 (B)成分にお!、て、≡ SiH基を有するオルガノポリシロキサンとしては、ケィ素 原子に結合した水素原子を分子中に少なくとも 2個有するオルガノハイドロジ ンポリ シロキサンを挙げることができる。 [0145] In the component (B), the organopolysiloxane having an ≡SiH group includes an organohydrogenpolysiloxane having at least two hydrogen atoms bonded to a silicon atom in the molecule. it can.
[0146] また、前記フルォロカーボンシロキサンゴム組成物にお!、ては、前記 (A)成分のフ ルォロカーボンポリマーが脂肪族不飽和基を有するものであるときには、硬化剤とし ては、上述したオルガノハイドロジエンポリシロキサンを使用するのが好ましい。即ち、 前記フルォロカーボンシロキサン中の脂肪族不飽和基と、オルガノハイドロジェンポリ シロキサン中のケィ素原子に結合した水素原子との間で生ずる付加反応によって硬 化物が形成される。  [0146] In addition, in the fluorocarbon siloxane rubber composition, when the fluorocarbon polymer of the component (A) has an aliphatic unsaturated group, It is preferable to use the above-mentioned organohydropolyene polysiloxane. That is, a cured product is formed by an addition reaction that occurs between an aliphatic unsaturated group in the fluorocarbon siloxane and a hydrogen atom bonded to a silicon atom in the organohydrogenpolysiloxane.
[0147] 前記オルガノハイドロジェンポリシロキサンとしては、付加硬化型のシリコーンゴム組 成物に使用される種々のオルガノハイドロジエンポリシロキサンを使用することができ る。  [0147] As the organohydrogenpolysiloxane, various organohydrogenpolysiloxanes used in addition-curable silicone rubber compositions can be used.
[0148] 前記オルガノハイドロジエンポリシロキサンは、一般にその≡ SiH基の数力 前記( A)成分のフルォロカーボンシロキサン中の脂肪族不飽和炭化水素基 1個に対して、 少なくとも 1個が好ましく、特に 1〜5個となるような割合で配合するのが好ま 、。 [0148] In general, the organohydrodiene polysiloxane has a number power of ≡SiH groups. For one aliphatic unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the fluorocarbon siloxane of the component (A), At least one is preferable, and it is particularly preferable that the ratio is 1 to 5.
[0149] また、≡SiH基を有するフルォロカーボンとしては、上記一般式(1)の単位、又は 上記一般式(1)において、 R1Gがジアルキルハイドロジェンシロキシ基であり、かつ末 端がジアルキルノヽイドロジェンシロキシ基又はシリル基等の≡ SiH基であるものが好 ましぐ下記一般式 (3)で示すものを挙げることができる。 [0149] Further, the fluorocarbon having a ≡SiH group may be a unit of the above general formula (1), or, in the above general formula (1), R 1G is a dialkylhydrogensiloxy group, and a terminal is a dialkylnodoxy. Those having a ≡SiH group such as a gensiloxy group or a silyl group are preferred, and examples thereof include those represented by the following general formula (3).
[0150] [化 3] [0150] [Chemical 3]
H —
Figure imgf000048_0001
一般式(3 )
H —
Figure imgf000048_0001
General formula (3)
[0151] 前記 (C)成分の充填剤としては、一般的なシリコーンゴム組成物に使用されている 種々の充填剤を用いることができる。前記充填剤としては、例えば、煙霧質シリカ、沈 降性シリカ、カーボン粉末、二酸化チタン、酸ィ匕アルミニウム、石英粉末、タルク、セリ サイト、ベントナイト等の補強性充填剤、アスベスト、ガラス繊維、有機繊維等の繊維 質充填剤、などが挙げられる。  [0151] As the filler of the component (C), various fillers used in general silicone rubber compositions can be used. Examples of the filler include fumed silica, precipitated silica, carbon powder, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, quartz powder, talc, sericite, bentonite and the like, asbestos, glass fiber, organic Examples thereof include fibrous fillers such as fibers.
[0152] 前記 (D)成分の触媒としては、付加反応用触媒として公知とされて!/ヽる塩化白金酸 、アルコール変性塩化白金酸、塩ィ匕白金酸とォレフィンとの錯体、白金黒又はパラジ ゥムをアルミナ、シリカ、カーボン等の担体に担持したもの、ロジウムとォレフィンとの 錯体、クロロトリス(トリフエ-ルフォスフィン)ロジウム(ウィルキンソン触媒)、ロジウム(I II)ァセチルァセトネート等のような周期律表第 VIII族元素又はその化合物が挙げら れる。これらの錯体はアルコール系化合物、エーテル系化合物、炭化水素化合物等 の溶剤に溶解して用いるのが好まし 、。  [0152] The catalyst of the component (D) is known as an addition reaction catalyst! / Silver chloroplatinic acid, alcohol-modified chloroplatinic acid, salt 匕 platinic acid-olefin complex, platinum black or Paradium supported on a support such as alumina, silica, carbon, rhodium and olefin fin complex, chlorotris (triphenylphosphine) rhodium (Wilkinson catalyst), rhodium (I II) acetylacetonate, etc. Examples include Group VIII elements or compounds thereof in the periodic table. These complexes are preferably used by dissolving in a solvent such as an alcohol compound, an ether compound or a hydrocarbon compound.
[0153] 前記フルォロカーボンシロキサンゴム糸且成物においては、特に制限はなぐ 目的に 応じて適宜選択することができ、種々の配合剤を添加することができる。例えば、ジフ ェニルシランジオール、低重合度の分子鎖末端水酸基封鎖ジメチルポリシロキサン、 へキサメチルジシラザン等の分散剤、酸化第一鉄、酸化第二鉄、酸化セリウム、オタ チル酸鉄等の耐熱性向上剤、顔料等の着色剤などを必要に応じて配合することがで きる。 [0154] 前記ベルト部材は、耐熱性支持体フィルムの表面を上記フルォロカーボンシロキサ ンゴム組成物で被覆し、加熱硬化することによって得られるが、更に必要に応じて、 m—キシレンへキサフロライド、ベンゾトリフロライド等の溶剤で希釈して塗工液とし、 スプレーコート、ディップコート及びナイフコート等の一般的なコーティング法によって 塗布することができる。また、加熱硬化の温度、時間は適宜選択することができ、温度 100〜500°C、 5秒〜 5時間の範囲で支持体フィルムの種類及び製造方法等に応じ て選択される。 [0153] The fluorocarbon siloxane rubber yarn composition can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose without any particular limitation, and various compounding agents can be added. For example, diphenylsilane diol, low-polymerization degree molecular chain terminal hydroxyl-blocked dimethylpolysiloxane, dispersant such as hexamethyldisilazane, heat resistance such as ferrous oxide, ferric oxide, cerium oxide, iron octylate, etc. A property improver, a colorant such as a pigment, and the like can be blended as necessary. [0154] The belt member can be obtained by coating the surface of the heat-resistant support film with the fluorocarbon siloxane rubber composition and curing by heating. If necessary, m-xylene hexafluoride can be used. It can be diluted with a solvent such as benzotrifluoride to give a coating solution, which can be applied by a general coating method such as spray coating, dip coating or knife coating. The temperature and time for heat curing can be selected as appropriate, and are selected according to the type of the support film, the production method, etc. within the temperature range of 100 to 500 ° C. and 5 seconds to 5 hours.
[0155] 前記耐熱性支持体フィルムの表面に形成する離型層の厚みは、特に制限はない 力 トナーの剥離性又はトナー成分のオフセットを防止して画像の良好な定着性を得 るため、 1〜200 111カ^好ましく、 5〜150 111カ^ょり好まし1ヽ0 [0155] The thickness of the release layer formed on the surface of the heat-resistant support film is not particularly limited. In order to obtain good fixability of an image by preventing toner releasability or toner component offset, 1 ~ 200 111 months preferred, 5 ~ 150 111 months preferred 1 ヽ0
[0156] ここで、本発明の画像形成装置における画像表面平滑化定着処理機の一例につ V、て図 1に基づ 、て具体的に説明する。  Here, an example of the image surface smoothing and fixing processor in the image forming apparatus of the present invention will be specifically described with reference to FIG.
まず、画像形成装置 (不図示)でトナー 12が電子写真材料 1に転写される。トナー 1 2が付着した電子写真材料 1は、搬送設備 (不図示)で A点に運ばれ、加熱ローラ 14 と加圧ローラ 15の間を通過し、電子写真材料 1のトナー受像層あるいはトナー 12が 十分に軟化する温度 (定着温度)及び圧力で加熱及び加圧される。  First, the toner 12 is transferred to the electrophotographic material 1 by an image forming apparatus (not shown). The electrophotographic material 1 to which the toner 1 2 has adhered is conveyed to point A by a conveyance facility (not shown), passes between the heating roller 14 and the pressure roller 15, and the toner image-receiving layer or toner 12 of the electrophotographic material 1. Is heated and pressurized at a temperature (fixing temperature) and pressure that sufficiently softens.
[0157] ここで、定着温度とは、 A点における加熱ローラ 14と加圧ローラ 15と-ップ部の位 置で測定したトナー受像層表面の温度を意味し、例えば、 80〜190°Cが好ましぐ 1 00〜170°C力 り好ましい。また、圧力は、加熱ローラ 14と加圧ローラ 15と-ップ部 で測定したトナー受像層表面の圧力を意味し、例えば、 1〜: LOkgfZcm2が好ましぐ 2〜7kgfZcm2がより好まし!/ヽ。 Here, the fixing temperature means the temperature of the surface of the toner image-receiving layer measured at the position of the heating roller 14, the pressure roller 15, and the top portion at point A, for example, 80 to 190 ° C. It is preferable that the force is 100 to 170 ° C. The pressure means the pressure on the surface of the toner image-receiving layer measured at the heating roller 14, the pressure roller 15, and the top part. For example, 1 to: LOkgfZcm 2 is preferable 2 to 7 kgfZcm 2 is more preferable ! / ヽ.
このように加熱及び加圧され、次いで、電子写真材料 1が、定着ベルト 13により冷 却装置 16に運ばれる間に、トナー受像層内に離散的に存在して ヽた離型剤 (不図示 )が十分に加熱されて溶融し、トナー受像層表面に移動する。移動してきた離型剤は 、トナー受像層表面に離型剤の層 (膜)を形成する。その後、電子写真材料 1は、定着 ベルト 13により冷却装置 16に運ばれて、例えば、トナー受像層のポリマー及びトナ 一のいずれか〖こ使用されるバインダー榭脂の軟ィ匕点以下又はガラス転移点 + 10°C 以下の温度、好ましくは、 20〜80°C、より好ましくは室温 (25°C)に冷却される。これに より、トナー受像層表面に形成された離型剤の層 (膜)が冷却し、固化され、離型剤層 を形成する。 The release agent (not shown) which is heated and pressurized in this manner and then discretely exists in the toner image receiving layer while the electrophotographic material 1 is conveyed to the cooling device 16 by the fixing belt 13. ) Is sufficiently heated and melted, and moves to the surface of the toner image-receiving layer. The released release agent forms a release agent layer (film) on the surface of the toner image-receiving layer. Thereafter, the electrophotographic material 1 is conveyed to the cooling device 16 by the fixing belt 13 and is, for example, below the soft transition point of the binder resin used in the polymer or toner of the toner image receiving layer, or the glass transition. Cooled to a temperature below the point + 10 ° C, preferably 20-80 ° C, more preferably room temperature (25 ° C). to this Thus, the release agent layer (film) formed on the surface of the toner image-receiving layer is cooled and solidified to form a release agent layer.
冷却された電子写真材料 1は、更に定着ベルト 13により B点に運ばれ、定着ベルト 13は、テンションローラ 17上を移動する。したがって、 B点にて電子写真材料 1と定 着ベルト 13が剥離する。なお、電子写真材料が自身の剛性 (腰の強さ)でベルトから 剥離するようにテンションロールの径を小さく設定するのが好ま 、。  The cooled electrophotographic material 1 is further conveyed to point B by the fixing belt 13, and the fixing belt 13 moves on the tension roller 17. Therefore, the electrophotographic material 1 and the fixing belt 13 are peeled off at the point B. In addition, it is preferable to set the diameter of the tension roll small so that the electrophotographic material peels off from the belt with its own rigidity (stretch strength).
[0158] また、図 3に示したような画像表面平滑ィ匕定着処理機は、例えば、図 2に示した電 子写真装置(例えば、富士ゼロックス株式会社製フルカラーレーザープリンター(DC C - 500) )の定着部として改造して用いることができる。 [0158] The image surface smoothness fixing processor as shown in Fig. 3 is, for example, the electrophotographic apparatus shown in Fig. 2 (for example, a full color laser printer (DC C-500) manufactured by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.). ) Can be modified and used as a fixing portion.
図 2中、 200は画像形成装置、 37は感光体ドラム、 19は現像装置、 31は中間転写 ベルト、 18は電子写真材料、 25は定着部 (画像表面平滑ィ匕定着処理機)、をそれぞ れ示す。  In FIG. 2, 200 is an image forming apparatus, 37 is a photosensitive drum, 19 is a developing device, 31 is an intermediate transfer belt, 18 is an electrophotographic material, and 25 is a fixing unit (image surface smoothing and fixing processing machine). Shown respectively.
図 3は、前記図 2の画像形成装置 200の内部に配設される定着部(画像表面平滑 化定着処理機) 25を示す。  FIG. 3 shows a fixing unit (image surface smoothing fixing processor) 25 disposed in the image forming apparatus 200 of FIG.
この画像表面平滑ィ匕定着処理機 25は、図 3に示すように、加熱ロール 71と、該カロ 熱ロール 71を含む剥離ロール 74、テンションロール 75により回動可能に支持された 無端ベルト 73と、前記加熱ロール 71に無端ベルト 73を介して圧接する加圧ロール 7 2とを備えている。  As shown in FIG. 3, the image surface smooth wrinkle fixing processor 25 includes a heating roll 71, a peeling roll 74 including the calorific heating roll 71, and an endless belt 73 rotatably supported by a tension roll 75. And a pressure roll 72 that presses the heating roll 71 through an endless belt 73.
また、前記無端ベルト 73の内面側には、加熱ロール 71と剥離ロール 74との間に、 該無端ベルト 73を強制的に冷却する冷却用のヒートシンク 77が配設されており、この 冷却用ヒートシンク 77によって電子写真材料の冷却及びシートの搬送を行う冷却 'シ ート搬送部が構成されて ヽる。  Further, on the inner surface side of the endless belt 73, a cooling heat sink 77 for forcibly cooling the endless belt 73 is arranged between the heating roll 71 and the peeling roll 74, and this cooling heat sink 77 constitutes a cooling sheet conveying section for cooling the electrophotographic material and conveying the sheet.
[0159] そして、前記画像表面平滑化定着処理機 25は、図 3に示すように、表面にカラート ナー画像が転写し、定着された電子写真用転写シートが、加熱ロール 71と当該加熱 ロール 71に無端ベルト 73を介して圧接する加圧ロール 72との圧接部(エップ部)に、 カラートナー画像が加熱ロール 71側に位置するようにして導入され、上記加熱ロー ル 71と加圧ロール 72との圧接部を通過する間に、カラートナー画像が電子写真材 料上に加熱溶融されて定着される。 [0160] その後、前記加熱ロール 71と加圧ロール 72との圧接部において、例えば、トナー が実質的に 120〜130°C程度の温度に加熱され、溶融されて、カラートナー画像が トナー受像層に定着された電子写真材料は、その表面のトナー受像層が無端ベルト 73の表面に密着したまま状態で、当該無端ベルト 73と共に搬送される。その間、上 記無端ベルト 73は、冷却用のヒートシンク 77によって強制的に冷却され、カラートナ 一画像及びトナー受像層が冷却して固化した後、剥離ロール 74によって電子写真 材料自身の腰 (剛性)によって剥離される。 Then, as shown in FIG. 3, the image surface smoothing and fixing processor 25 transfers the color toner image onto the surface, and the electrophotographic transfer sheet on which the toner image is fixed comprises a heating roll 71 and the heating roll 71. A color toner image is introduced into a pressure contact portion (ep portion) with a pressure roll 72 that is in pressure contact with the endless belt 73 so that the color toner image is positioned on the heating roll 71 side. The color toner image is heated and melted and fixed on the electrophotographic material while passing through the pressure contact portion. [0160] Thereafter, in the pressure contact portion between the heating roll 71 and the pressure roll 72, for example, the toner is heated to a temperature of about 120 to 130 ° C and melted, and a color toner image is formed on the toner image-receiving layer. The electrophotographic material fixed on the toner is conveyed together with the endless belt 73 in a state where the toner image receiving layer on the surface is in close contact with the surface of the endless belt 73. Meanwhile, the endless belt 73 is forcibly cooled by a heat sink 77 for cooling, and after the color toner image and the toner image-receiving layer are cooled and solidified, the peeling roller 74 causes the electrophotographic material itself to be elastic (rigid). It is peeled off.
[0161] なお、剥離工程が終了した後の無端ベルト 73の表面は、クリーナ (不図示)によつ て残留トナー等が除去され、次の画像表面平滑化定着処理工程に備えるようになつ ている。  [0161] The surface of the endless belt 73 after the peeling step is finished is such that residual toner and the like are removed by a cleaner (not shown) so that it is ready for the next image surface smoothing and fixing processing step. Yes.
[0162] 本発明の画像記録方法によれば、前記本発明の画像記録材料用支持体を有する 電子写真材料を用いることにより、ブリスターの発生がなぐ記録ムラや定着ムラの発 生のな 、高画質画像を形成することができる。  [0162] According to the image recording method of the present invention, by using the electrophotographic material having the support for an image recording material of the present invention, high recording without occurrence of blistering or fixing unevenness is achieved. A quality image can be formed.
[0163] 本発明によると、従来からの課題を解決でき、ブリスターの発生がなぐ記録ムラや 定着ムラの発生のない高画質画像を記録できる画像記録材料用支持体及び該画像 記録材料用支持体を用いて、高画質の画像を記録可能な画像記録材料を提供する ことができる。  [0163] According to the present invention, a support for an image recording material that can solve the conventional problems and can record a high-quality image without occurrence of recording unevenness and fixing unevenness without occurrence of blisters, and the image recording material support. Can be used to provide an image recording material capable of recording high-quality images.
[0164] 以下、本発明の実施例について説明する力 本発明はこれらの実施例に何ら限定 されるものではない。  Hereinafter, the power to explain the examples of the present invention The present invention is not limited to these examples.
[0165] (実施例 1) [0165] (Example 1)
画像記録材料用支持体の作製  Production of support for image recording material
広葉樹晒クラフトパルプ (LBKP)をコ-カルリファイナーで 340ml (カナダ標準ろ水 度、 C. S. F. )まで叩解し、平均繊維長 0. 63mmのパルプを作製した。  Hardwood bleached kraft pulp (LBKP) was beaten to 340ml (Canadian standard freeness, C. S. F.) with a co-refiner to produce pulp with an average fiber length of 0.63mm.
このパルプ 100質量部に対し 3質量部の水膨潤性カルボキシメチルセルロースナト リウム (エーテルィ匕度 0. 25、平均粒径 20 m)を添加し、混合分散させた。  To 100 parts by mass of this pulp, 3 parts by mass of water-swellable carboxymethylcellulose sodium (etherity 0.25, average particle size 20 m) was added and mixed and dispersed.
次いで、ノルプ質量を基準として、カチオン澱粉 1. 0質量%、サイズ剤としてのァ ルキルケテンダイマー(AKD) O. 5質量0 /0、ァ-オンポリアクリルアミド 0. 2質量0 /0、 及びポリアミドポリアミンェピクロルヒドリン 0. 3質量0 /0の割合となるように添加した。な お、前記アルキルケテンダイマーのアルキル部分は、ベヘン酸を主体とする脂肪酸 に由来する。 Then, based on the Norupu weight, cationic starch 1.0 wt%, § Le Circe Ten dimer as sizing agent (AKD) O. 5 mass 0/0, § - on polyacrylamide 0.2 mass 0/0, and polyamide was added so that the proportion of polyamine E Pi chlorohydrin 0.3 mass 0/0. Na The alkyl part of the alkyl ketene dimer is derived from a fatty acid mainly composed of behenic acid.
[0166] 得られたパルプ紙料を長網抄紙機により坪量 160gZm2の原紙を抄造した。 [0166] A base paper having a basis weight of 160 gZm 2 was made from the obtained pulp paper stock using a long paper machine.
なお、長網抄紙機の乾燥ゾーンの中間でサイズプレス装置により、カルボキシ変性 のポリビュルアルコール 1. 0. 7gZm2を原紙おもて面(画像記録
Figure imgf000052_0001
In the middle of the drying zone of the long paper machine, carboxy-modified polybulal alcohol 1.0.7 gZm 2 was applied to the front side of the base paper (image recording).
Figure imgf000052_0001
側の面)に付着させた。  Side surface).
長網抄紙機の最後にお ヽて、ソフトカレンダー処理 (画像記録面側(おもて面)は金 属ロール表面温度 120°C、うら面は榭脂ロール表面温度 50°C)を行い、密度を 0. 9 8gZcm3に調整した。 At the end of the long net paper machine, a soft calendering process was performed (the image recording surface side (front surface) was a metal roll surface temperature of 120 ° C, and the back surface was a resin roll surface temperature of 50 ° C). The density was adjusted to 0.98 gZcm 3 .
[0167] 次に、原紙の画像記録面側(おもて面)にコロナ放電処理し、第 1ポリマー被覆層 ( 下層)として 15質量%のニ酸ィ匕チタンを含有する低密度ポリエチレン榭脂 (LDPE) Z高密度ポリエチレン榭脂 (HDPE) = 2/8 (質量比)カゝらなるポリエチレン組成物を 厚さ 10 /z mになるように、また、第 2ポリマー被覆層(上層)として 15質量%のニ酸ィ匕 チタンを含有する LDPEを厚さ 20 mとなるように、共押し出し機を用いて溶融 2層 共押し出しコーティングした。  [0167] Next, the image recording surface side (front surface) of the base paper is subjected to corona discharge treatment, and the first polymer coating layer (lower layer) contains 15% by mass of titanium dioxide and low density polyethylene resin. (LDPE) Z High-density polyethylene resin (HDPE) = 2/8 (mass ratio) of polyethylene composition to a thickness of 10 / zm and a second polymer coating layer (upper layer) 15 Two layers of melt-coextruded LDPE containing 20% by mass of titanium dioxide with a co-extruder were coated to a thickness of 20 m.
一方、原紙のうら面にコロナ放電処理し、 15質量%の二酸化チタンを含有する LD PEを厚みが 30 mとなるように溶融押し出しコーティングにより、うら面ポリオレフイン 榭脂層を形成した。  On the other hand, the back surface of the base paper was subjected to corona discharge treatment, and a back surface polyolefin resin layer was formed by melt extrusion coating of LDPE containing 15% by mass of titanium dioxide to a thickness of 30 m.
続いて、おもて面ポリエチレン榭脂層にゼラチンからなる下塗り層を 0. lgZm2とな るように塗設した。以上により、実施例 1の画像記録材料用支持体を作製した。 Then, by coating a subbing layer consisting of gelatin on the front surface of polyethylene榭脂layer Do so that a 0. lgZm 2. Thus, the support for image recording material of Example 1 was produced.
[0168] (実施例 2〜5及び比較例 1〜5) (Examples 2 to 5 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5)
画像記録材料用支持体の作製  Production of support for image recording material
実施例 1において、表 2に示すように、第 1ポリマー被覆層(下層)、第 2ポリマー被 覆層(上層)を変更した以外は、実施例 1と同様にして、実施例 2〜5及び比較例 1〜 5の画像記録材料用支持体を作製した。  In Example 1, as shown in Table 2, Examples 2 to 5 and Example 2 were performed in the same manner as Example 1 except that the first polymer coating layer (lower layer) and the second polymer coating layer (upper layer) were changed. Supports for image recording materials of Comparative Examples 1 to 5 were produced.
なお、比較例 1及び比較例 2は、第 2ポリマー被覆層(上層)がない、 1層構成のポリ マー被覆層である。  Comparative Example 1 and Comparative Example 2 are polymer coating layers having a single layer structure without the second polymer coating layer (upper layer).
[0169] [表 2] 第 1層(下層) 第 2層(上層)[0169] [Table 2] 1st layer (lower layer) 2nd layer (upper layer)
LDPE HDPE 平均密度 厚み LDPE HDPE 平均密度 厚みLDPE HDPE average density thickness LDPE HDPE average density thickness
(質量%) (質量%) (g/ cm ( // m) (質量%) (質量%) (g/ cm > ( m) 実施例 1 20% 80% 0.959 1 0 100% 0% 0.924 20 実施例 2 20% 80% 0.959 1 5 100% 0% 0.924 15 実施例 3 20% 80% 0.959 20 100% 0% 0.924 10 実施例 4 70% 30% 0.937 1 0 100% 0% 0.924 20 実施例 5 70% 30% 0.937 1 5 100% 0% 0.924 15 実施例 6 70% 30% 0.937 20 100% 0% 0.924 10 実施例 7 90% 1 0% 0.928 1 5 100% 0% 0.924 15 実施例 8 90% 1 0% 0.928 20 100% 0% 0.924 20 比較例 1 1 00% 0% 0.924 30 なし (Mass%) (mass%) (g / cm (// m) (mass%) (mass%) (g / cm> (m) Example 1 20% 80% 0.959 1 0 100% 0% 0.924 20 Implementation Example 2 20% 80% 0.959 1 5 100% 0% 0.924 15 Example 3 20% 80% 0.959 20 100% 0% 0.924 10 Example 4 70% 30% 0.937 1 0 100% 0% 0.924 20 Example 5 70 % 30% 0.937 1 5 100% 0% 0.924 15 Example 6 70% 30% 0.937 20 100% 0% 0.924 10 Example 7 90% 1 0% 0.928 1 5 100% 0% 0.924 15 Example 8 90% 1 0% 0.928 20 100% 0% 0.924 20 Comparative Example 1 1 00% 0% 0.924 30 None
比較例 2 1 00% 0% 0.924 1 5 20% 80% 0.959 15 比較例 3 70% 30% 0.937 30 なし  Comparative Example 2 1 00% 0% 0.924 1 5 20% 80% 0.959 15 Comparative Example 3 70% 30% 0.937 30 None
比較例 4 20% 80% 0.959 30 なし  Comparative Example 4 20% 80% 0.959 30 None
* LDPE :低密度ポリエチレン榭脂、 MFR= 3. 5gZlO分、密度 =0. 924g/cm* LDPE: Low density polyethylene resin, MFR = 3.5gZlO, density = 0.924g / cm
* HDPE :高密度ポリエチレン榭脂、 MFR= 15gZlO分、密度 =0. 968g/cm3 [0170] (実施例 9〜16及び比較例 5〜8) * HDPE: High density polyethylene resin, MFR = 15 gZlO content, Density = 0.968 g / cm 3 [0170] (Examples 9-16 and Comparative Examples 5-8)
電子写真用受像紙の作製  Production of image paper for electrophotography
実施例 1〜8及び比較例 1〜4の各画像記録材料用支持体を用いて、下記方法に より実施例 9〜 16及び比較例 5〜8の各電子写真用受像紙を作製した。  Using the image recording material supports of Examples 1 to 8 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4, electrophotographic image receiving papers of Examples 9 to 16 and Comparative Examples 5 to 8 were produced by the following method.
[0171] 一二酸ィ匕チタン分散液 [0171] Titanium monoxide dispersion
二酸ィ匕チタン (タイペータ (登録商標) A— 220、石原産業株式会社製) 40. 0g、ポ リビュルアルコール(PVA102、株式会社クラレ製) 2. 0g、及びイオン交換水 58. Og を混合し、日本精機製作所製 NBK— 2で分散させて、二酸化チタン分散液 (二酸ィ匕 チタン顔料含有量が 40質量%)を作製した。  Titanium dioxide (Typeter (registered trademark) A-220, manufactured by Ishihara Sangyo Co., Ltd.) 40.0 g, Polyalcohol (PVA102, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) 2.0 g, and ion-exchanged water 58. Og Then, it was dispersed with NBK-2 manufactured by Nippon Seiki Seisakusho to prepare a titanium dioxide dispersion (content of titanium dioxide with a titanium dioxide content of 40% by mass).
[0172] トナー受像層用塗布液の調製 [0172] Preparation of coating solution for toner image-receiving layer
前記二酸化チタン分散液 15. 5g、カルナバワックス分散液(セロゾール 524、中京 油脂 (株)製) 15. 0g、ポリエステル榭脂水分散物(固形分 30質量%、 KZA- 7049 、ュ-チカ株式会社製) 100. 0g、増粘剤 (アルコックス E30、明成化学株式会社製) 2. 0g、ァ-オン界面活性剤 (AOT) O. 5g、及びイオン交換水 80mlを混合し、攪拌 してトナー受像層用塗布液を調製した。 15.5 g of the above titanium dioxide dispersion, 15.0 g of carnauba wax dispersion (Cerosol 524, manufactured by Chukyo Yushi Co., Ltd.), water dispersion of polyester rosin (solid content 30% by mass, KZA-7049, Utica Corporation 10.0g, thickener (Alcox E30, manufactured by Meisei Chemical Co., Ltd.) 2.0 g, AE surfactant (AOT) O. 5 g, and ion-exchange water 80 ml were mixed and stirred to prepare a toner image-receiving layer coating solution.
得られたトナー受像層用塗布液の粘度は、 40mPa' sであり、表面張力は 34mNZ mであった。  The resulting toner image-receiving layer coating solution had a viscosity of 40 mPa's and a surface tension of 34 mNZm.
[0173] バック層用塗布液の調製 [0173] Preparation of coating solution for back layer
アクリル榭脂水分散物(固形分 30質量%、ハイロス XBH— 997L、星光化学工業 株式会社製) 100. 0g、マット剤 (テクポマー MBX— 12、積水化成品工業株式会社 製) 5. 0g、離型剤 (ハイドリン D337、中京油脂株式会社製) 10. 0g、増粘剤 (CMC) 2. 0g、ァ-オン界面活性剤 (AOT) 0. 5g、及びイオン交換水 80mlを混合し、撹拌 してバック層用塗布液を調製した。  Acrylic rosin water dispersion (solid content 30% by mass, Hi-loss XBH-997L, manufactured by Seiko Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 10.0 g, matting agent (Tecpomer MBX-12, manufactured by Sekisui Plastics Co., Ltd.) 5.0 g, release Mold (Hydrin D337, manufactured by Chukyo Yushi Co., Ltd.) 10.0 g, Thickener (CMC) 2.0 g, Charon surfactant (AOT) 0.5 g, and ion-exchanged water 80 ml were mixed and stirred. Thus, a coating solution for the back layer was prepared.
得られたバック層用塗布液の粘度は、 35mPa' sであり、表面張力は、 33mN/m であった。  The resulting back layer coating solution had a viscosity of 35 mPa's and a surface tension of 33 mN / m 2.
[0174] バック層及びトナー受像層の塗工  [0174] Coating of Back Layer and Toner Image Receiving Layer
前記実施例 1〜 5及び比較例 1〜4の各画像記録材料用支持体におけるトナー受 像層を設けない側の面(うら面)に、前記バック層用塗布液をバーコ一ターで乾燥質 量が 9gZm2となるように塗布し、ノ ック層を形成した。 The back layer coating liquid is dried with a bar coater on the surface (back surface) of the support for image recording material of each of Examples 1 to 5 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4 where the toner image receiving layer is not provided. The coating was applied so that the amount was 9 gZm 2 to form a knock layer.
また、前記各原紙のおもて面に、前記トナー受像層用塗布液を、バーコ一ターで乾 燥質量が 12gZm2となるように塗布し、トナー受像層を形成した。なお、トナー受像 層中の顔料の含有量は、熱可塑性榭脂に対して 5質量%であった。 Further, the toner image-receiving layer coating solution was applied to the front surface of each base paper with a bar coater so that the dry mass was 12 gZm 2 , thereby forming a toner image-receiving layer. The pigment content in the toner image-receiving layer was 5% by mass relative to the thermoplastic resin.
[0175] 前記バック層及び前記トナー受像層は、塗布した後、オンラインで熱風により乾燥 した。前記乾燥は、バック層及びトナー受像層ともに塗布後 2分間以内に乾燥するよ うに、乾燥風量及び温度を調整した。なお、乾燥点は、塗布表面温度が乾燥風の湿 球温度と同じ温度となる点とした。 [0175] The back layer and the toner image-receiving layer were coated and dried online with hot air. In the drying, the drying air volume and temperature were adjusted so that both the back layer and the toner image-receiving layer were dried within 2 minutes after coating. The drying point was the point at which the coating surface temperature was the same as the wet bulb temperature of the drying air.
次いで、乾燥後、カレンダー処理を行った。前記カレンダー処理は、ダロスカレンダ 一を用い、金属ローラを 40°Cに保温した状態で、 -ップ圧 14. 7kN/cm2 (15kgf/ cm2)の条件で行った。 Next, after drying, a calendar process was performed. The calendering process was performed using a daros calender and a metal roller kept at 40 ° C. under a condition of a negative pressure of 14.7 kN / cm 2 (15 kgf / cm 2 ).
[0176] く画像形成 > [0176] Image formation>
得られた各電子写真用受像紙を A4サイズに裁断し、画像形成装置として、図 2〖こ 示したフルカラーレーザープリンター(富士ゼロックス株式会社製、 DCC- 500)の 定着部を、図 3に示した画像表面平滑化定着処理機に改造し、画像形成を行い、下 記条件で定着平滑化処理を行った。 Each electrophotographic image-receiving paper obtained is cut into A4 size and used as an image forming device. The fixing part of the full-color laser printer (Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd., DCC-500) shown in the figure was modified to the image surface smoothing fixing processor shown in Fig. 3, image formation was performed, and fixing smoothing processing was performed under the conditions below. Went.
[0177] 一べノレトー [0177] Ibenoreto
ベルトの支持体:ポリイミド(PI)フィルム、幅 = 50cm、厚み =80 μ m  Belt support: Polyimide (PI) film, width = 50 cm, thickness = 80 μm
ベルトの離型層素材:フルォロカーボンシロキサンゴム前駆体である SIFEL610 ( 信越化学工業株式会社製)を加硫硬化してフルォロカーボンシロキサンゴムを 50 μ mの厚みに形成した。  Belt release layer material: SIFEL610 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), a fluorocarbonsiloxane rubber precursor, was vulcanized and cured to form a fluorocarbonsiloxane rubber having a thickness of 50 μm.
加熱加圧工程  Heating and pressing process
加熱ローラの温度:任意に適宜調整可能である。  Temperature of heating roller: can be arbitrarily adjusted as appropriate.
-ップ圧: 130NZcm"  -Pop pressure: 130NZcm "
冷却工程  Cooling process
冷却器:ヒートシンク長 = 80mm  Cooler: Heat sink length = 80mm
搬送速度: 53mmZsec  Transport speed: 53mmZsec
[0178] 得られた各電子写真プリントについて、以下のようにして、画質、追随性不良による 欠陥の発生、及びプリスターを評価した。結果を表 3に示す。 [0178] For each of the obtained electrophotographic prints, the image quality, the occurrence of defects due to poor followability, and the prestar were evaluated as follows. The results are shown in Table 3.
[0179] <画質 > [0179] <Image quality>
各電子写真プリントの画質にっ 、て目視で観察し、下記基準に基づ 、て評価した。 〔評価基準〕  The image quality of each electrophotographic print was visually observed and evaluated based on the following criteria. 〔Evaluation criteria〕
◎ · · ·非常に優れている (高画質記録材料として有効)。  ◎ · · · Very good (effective as a high-quality recording material).
〇· · ·優れている (高画質記録材料として有効)。  ○ ···· Excellent (effective as a high-quality recording material)
△…中間 (高画質記録材料として許容できる)。  Δ: Intermediate (acceptable as a high-quality recording material).
X · · ·劣る (高画質記録材料として不可)。  X · · · Inferior (not possible as a high-quality recording material).
[0180] <追随性不良による欠陥(エッジボイド)の発生の評価 > [0180] <Evaluation of occurrence of defects (edge voids) due to poor tracking>
各電子写真プリントについて、定着温度 125°Cにおける追随性の不良によるトナー 画像部と非画像部との境界線に生じる欠陥 (エッジボイド)発生の程度を目視観察し 、下記基準により評価した。  For each electrophotographic print, the degree of occurrence of defects (edge voids) generated at the boundary line between the toner image area and the non-image area due to poor tracking at a fixing temperature of 125 ° C. was visually observed and evaluated according to the following criteria.
〔評価基準〕 ◎:欠陥(エッジボイド)が発生して 、な!、。 〔Evaluation criteria〕 ◎: A defect (edge void) has occurred!
〇:欠陥(エッジボイド)は発生している力 ほとんど気にならない。 △:欠陥(エッジボイド)が発生しており、やや目立つ。  ○: Defects (edge voids) are generating forces. Δ: Defects (edge voids) have occurred and are somewhat conspicuous.
X:欠陥 (エッジボイド)が多数発生し、非常に目立つ。  X: Many defects (edge voids) occur and are very conspicuous.
[0181] <ブリスターの評価 > [0181] <Blister evaluation>
各電子写真用受像紙について、画像形成によりプリスターの発生し始める定着べ ルトの温度を測定し、下記基準で評価した。  For each electrophotographic image-receiving paper, the temperature of the fixing belt at which the prestar was generated by image formation was measured and evaluated according to the following criteria.
〔評価基準〕  〔Evaluation criteria〕
◎:ブリスターの発生が全くなく、非常に優れて!/、る。  A: There is no generation of blisters, and it is very excellent!
〇:ブリスターの発生がなぐ優れている。  ◯: Excellent with no blistering.
△:ブリスターがやや発生して!/、る。  Δ: Some blisters are generated!
X:ブリスターが多く発生している。  X: Many blisters occur.
[0182] [表 3] [0182] [Table 3]
Figure imgf000056_0001
Figure imgf000056_0001
産業上の利用可能性 本発明の画像記録材料用支持体は、ブリスターの発生がなぐ記録ムラや定着ムラ の発生のな!、高画質画像を記録することができ、各種画像記録材料の用途に使用 可能であり、特に、電子写真材料、感熱材料、昇華転写材料、熱転写材料、熱現像 材料、銀塩写真材料、インクジェット記録材料などに好適に用いることができる。 本発明の画像記録材料は、本発明の前記画像記録材料用支持体を用いて ヽるの で、電子写真材料、感熱材料、昇華転写材料、熱転写材料、熱現像材料、銀塩写真 材料、インクジェット記録材料などとして好適に用いることができる。 Industrial applicability The support for image recording material of the present invention is capable of recording high-quality images without occurrence of recording unevenness and fixing unevenness without occurrence of blisters, and can be used for various image recording materials. It can be suitably used for electrophotographic materials, heat-sensitive materials, sublimation transfer materials, thermal transfer materials, heat development materials, silver salt photographic materials, ink jet recording materials, and the like. Since the image recording material of the present invention is obtained by using the support for image recording material of the present invention, an electrophotographic material, a heat sensitive material, a sublimation transfer material, a thermal transfer material, a heat developing material, a silver salt photographic material, an ink jet It can be suitably used as a recording material.

Claims

請求の範囲 The scope of the claims
[1] 原紙と、該原紙の両面に少なくとも 1層のポリオレフイン榭脂層とを有してなり、該ポ リオレフイン榭脂層における画像記録層を設ける側のおもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層 力^層以上であり、かつ前記原紙力 最も遠い位置にある最外おもて面ポリオレフィ ン榭脂層の平均密度力 該最外おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層以外のおもて面ポリオ レフイン榭脂層のうちの少なくともいずれかの平均密度よりも小さいことを特徴とする 画像記録材料用支持体。  [1] A base paper and at least one polyolefin resin layer on both sides of the base paper. The average density force of the outermost front surface polyolefin resin layer that is not less than the above layer and has the above-mentioned base paper strength The front surface polyolefin resin other than the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer A support for an image recording material, wherein the density is lower than the average density of at least one of the layers.
[2] 加熱による記録、加熱による現像、及び加熱による定着の少なくともいずれかが行 われる画像記録に用いられる請求の範囲第 1項に記載の画像記録材料用支持体。  [2] The support for an image recording material according to claim 1, used for image recording in which at least one of recording by heating, development by heating, and fixing by heating is performed.
[3] 最外おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層の平均密度が 0. 930gZcm3未満であり、かつ 該最外おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層以外のおもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層の少なくと もいずれかの平均密度が 0. 930gZcm3以上である請求の範囲第 1項から第 2項の V、ずれかに記載の画像記録材料用支持体。 [3] The average density of the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer is less than 0.930 gZcm 3 , and at least the outer surface polyolefin resin layer other than the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer is at least 3. The support for an image recording material according to any one of claims 1 to 2, wherein the average density is any one of 0.930 gZcm 3 or more.
[4] 最外おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層以外のおもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層の少なくと もいずれかの厚みが 15 μ m以上である請求の範囲第 1項力も第 3項のいずれかに記 載の画像記録材料用支持体。  [4] The thickness of at least one of the front surface polyolefin resin layers other than the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer is 15 μm or more. A support for an image recording material described in Crab.
[5] 最外おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層が、密度 0. 930gZcm3以下の低密度ポリェチ レンを含有し、かつ該最外おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層以外のおもて面ポリオレフィ ン榭脂層の少なくともいずれかが密度 0. 945gZcm3以上の高密度ポリエチレン榭 脂を含有する請求の範囲第 1項力 第 4項のいずれかに記載の画像記録材料用支 持体。 [5] The outermost surface polyolefin resin layer contains a low density polyethylene having a density of 0.930 gZcm 3 or less, and the outer surface polyolefin resin layer other than the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer. 5. The support for an image recording material according to claim 1, wherein at least one of the resin layers contains a high density polyethylene resin having a density of 0.945 gZcm 3 or more.
[6] 最外おもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層以外のおもて面ポリオレフイン榭脂層の少なくと も!、ずれかにおける密度 0. 945gZcm3以上の高密度ポリエチレン榭脂の含有量が 、 30質量%以上である請求の範囲第 5項に記載の画像記録材料用支持体。 [6] At least the front surface polyolefin resin layer other than the outermost surface polyolefin resin layer is at least! The density of high density polyethylene resin of 0.945gZcm 3 or higher 6. The support for image recording material according to claim 5, wherein the support is for mass% or more.
[7] ポリオレフイン榭脂層の少なくともいずれかが、有機顔料及び無機顔料のいずれか を含有する請求の範囲第 1項力 第 6項のいずれかに記載の画像記録材料用支持 体。  [7] The image recording material support according to any one of [1], [6], [6], wherein at least one of the polyolefin resin layers contains either an organic pigment or an inorganic pigment.
[8] 請求の範囲第 1項から第 7項のいずれかに記載の画像記録材料用支持体と、該支 持体上に少なくとも画像記録層とを有することを特徴とする画像記録材料。 [8] The image recording material support according to any one of claims 1 to 7, and the support An image recording material comprising at least an image recording layer on a holder.
[9] 加熱による記録、加熱による現像、及び加熱による定着の少なくともいずれかが行 われる請求の範囲第 8項に記載の画像記録材料。  9. The image recording material according to claim 8, wherein at least one of recording by heating, development by heating, and fixing by heating is performed.
[10] 電子写真材料、感熱材料、昇華転写材料、熱転写材料、熱現像材料、銀塩写真 材料及びインクジェット記録材料カゝら選択されるいずれかである請求の範囲第 8項か ら第 9項の 、ずれかに記載の画像記録材料。 [10] The electrophotographic material, heat-sensitive material, sublimation transfer material, thermal transfer material, heat development material, silver salt photographic material, and ink jet recording material are selected from claims 8 to 9. The image recording material described in any of the above.
[11] 請求の範囲第 1項力 第 7項のいずれかに記載の画像記録材料用支持体上に少 なくとも感熱記録層を有する感熱記録材料を、サーマルヘッド及びレーザーの ヽず れかを用いた加熱により画像を記録する画像記録工程を、含むことを特徴とする画 像記録方法。 [11] Claims Item 1 Power A thermal recording material having at least a thermal recording layer on the image recording material support according to any one of items 7 is used. An image recording method comprising an image recording step of recording an image by heating used.
[12] 請求の範囲第 1項から第 7項の 、ずれかに記載の画像記録材料用支持体上に少 なくとも画像記録層を有する熱現像材料を焼付露光により潜像を記録する潜像記録 工程と、  [12] A latent image in which a latent image is recorded by printing a heat-developable material having at least an image recording layer on the image recording material support according to any one of claims 1 to 7. Recording process,
該焼付露光された熱現像材料に、加熱ローラ、加熱ベルト、プレートヒーター、サー マルヘッド、レーザー及びこれらの組合わせの 、ずれかを用いた加熱により可視画 像を形成する熱現像工程と、を含むことを特徴とする画像記録方法。  A heat developing process for forming a visible image by heating using a misalignment of a heat roller, a heat belt, a plate heater, a thermal head, a laser, and a combination of the heat developed material exposed to printing An image recording method.
[13] 請求の範囲第 1項から第 7項の 、ずれかに記載の画像記録材料用支持体上に少 なくともトナー受像層を有する電子写真材料にトナー画像を形成するトナー画像形成 工程と、 [13] A toner image forming step of forming a toner image on an electrophotographic material having at least a toner image receiving layer on the image recording material support according to any one of claims 1 to 7; ,
該トナー画像を、定着ローラ、定着ベルト及びこれらの組合わせのいずれかを用い た加熱により定着を行う熱定着工程と、を含むことを特徴とする画像記録方法。  And a heat fixing step of fixing the toner image by heating using any one of a fixing roller, a fixing belt, and a combination thereof.
[14] 請求の範囲第 1項から第 7項の 、ずれかに記載の画像記録材料用支持体上に少 なくともトナー受像層を有する電子写真材料にトナー画像を形成するトナー画像形成 工程と、 [14] A toner image forming step of forming a toner image on an electrophotographic material having at least a toner image-receiving layer on the image recording material support according to any one of claims 1 to 7, ,
該トナー画像の表面を平滑化する画像表面平滑化定着工程と、を含むことを特徴 とする画像記録方法。  An image surface smoothing and fixing step of smoothing the surface of the toner image.
[15] 画像表面平滑化定着工程が、トナー画像を、加熱加圧部材とベルト部材と冷却装 置とを有する画像表面平滑化定着処理機を用いて、加熱及び加圧し、冷却し剥離す る請求の範囲第 14項に記載の画像記録方法。 [15] In the image surface smoothing and fixing step, the toner image is heated and pressed using an image surface smoothing and fixing processor having a heating and pressing member, a belt member, and a cooling device, and then cooled and peeled off. The image recording method according to claim 14.
[16] ベルト部材の表面にフルォロカーボンシロキサンゴムを含有する層を有する請求の 範囲第 15項に記載の画像記録方法。 16. The image recording method according to claim 15, further comprising a layer containing a fluorocarbon siloxane rubber on the surface of the belt member.
[17] ベルト部材の表面にシリコーンゴムを含有する層を有し、かつ該シリコーンゴム含有 層の表面にフルォロカーボンシロキサンゴムを含有する層を有する請求の範囲第 15 項に記載の画像記録方法。 17. The image recording according to claim 15, further comprising a layer containing a silicone rubber on the surface of the belt member, and a layer containing a fluorocarbon siloxane rubber on the surface of the silicone rubber-containing layer. Method.
[18] フルォロカーボンシロキサンゴムが、主鎖にパーフルォロアルキルエーテル基及び パーフルォロアルキル基の少なくともいずれかを有する請求の範囲第 16項力も第 17 項の 、ずれかに記載の画像記録方法。 [18] The claim 16 claim, wherein the fluorocarbon siloxane rubber has at least one of a perfluoroalkyl ether group and a perfluoroalkyl group in the main chain. Image recording method.
PCT/JP2005/018039 2004-10-05 2005-09-29 Image recording material-use support and image recording material, and image recording method WO2006038537A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN2005800339344A CN101035675B (en) 2004-10-05 2005-09-29 Support for image recording material, image recording material and image recording method
US11/664,113 US7776429B2 (en) 2004-10-05 2005-09-29 Support for image recording material, image recording material, and image recording method

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2004-292948 2004-10-05
JP2004292948A JP4758092B2 (en) 2004-10-05 2004-10-05 Support for image recording material, image recording material, and image recording method

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2006038537A1 true WO2006038537A1 (en) 2006-04-13

Family

ID=36142613

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2005/018039 WO2006038537A1 (en) 2004-10-05 2005-09-29 Image recording material-use support and image recording material, and image recording method

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US7776429B2 (en)
JP (1) JP4758092B2 (en)
CN (1) CN101035675B (en)
WO (1) WO2006038537A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2008058467A (en) * 2006-08-30 2008-03-13 Fujifilm Corp Electrophotographic image receiving sheet, manufacturing method thereof, and image forming method
JP5073339B2 (en) * 2007-03-29 2012-11-14 富士フイルム株式会社 Method for producing support for resin-coated paper-type image material
JP5470978B2 (en) * 2009-03-31 2014-04-16 大日本印刷株式会社 Thermal transfer image receiving sheet and method for producing thermal transfer image receiving sheet
CN102115999A (en) * 2009-12-31 2011-07-06 可乐丽欧洲有限责任公司 Surfactant-free method for curtain coating of base material
EP2506078B1 (en) * 2011-03-30 2013-09-25 Schoeller Technocell GmbH & Co. KG Recording material for electrophotographic printing
JP2013003517A (en) * 2011-06-21 2013-01-07 Ricoh Co Ltd Glossiness applying device, fixing device and image forming apparatus
US20130206037A1 (en) * 2012-09-27 2013-08-15 Weyerhaeuser Nr Company Composite Polymer Molded Product
JP6170453B2 (en) * 2014-03-17 2017-07-26 株式会社沖データ Image forming apparatus
CN104790247A (en) * 2015-04-23 2015-07-22 岳阳林纸股份有限公司 Manufacturing method of high-level colour laser printing paper
US10411222B2 (en) * 2017-05-23 2019-09-10 University Of Maryland, College Park Transparent hybrid substrates, devices employing such substrates, and methods for fabrication and use thereof

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH04293042A (en) * 1991-03-20 1992-10-16 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Substrate for photographic printing paper
JPH09146218A (en) * 1995-11-22 1997-06-06 Mitsubishi Paper Mills Ltd Supporting body for image material
JP2004003078A (en) * 2002-04-11 2004-01-08 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Base material for recording material, and method for producing the same, and recording material
JP2004114447A (en) * 2002-09-25 2004-04-15 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Manufacturing method for material for forming or fixing image, material for forming or fixing image, and method for forming or fixing image

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH07120868A (en) 1993-10-05 1995-05-12 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Base for photographic paper
DE19807209A1 (en) * 1997-02-20 1998-08-27 Mitsubishi Paper Mills Ltd High gloss resin-coated paper base for copying material with good surface, stiffness and curling resistance
JP2000010327A (en) 1998-06-22 2000-01-14 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Electrophotographic image receiving paper
DE10009247C1 (en) * 2000-02-28 2001-10-18 Schoeller Felix Jun Foto Base for photographic or non-photographic imaging e.g. ink-jet or thermal dye diffusion printing, consists of paper coated with polyolefin and then polyethylene layer, at least one containing metallocene-polyethylene

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH04293042A (en) * 1991-03-20 1992-10-16 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Substrate for photographic printing paper
JPH09146218A (en) * 1995-11-22 1997-06-06 Mitsubishi Paper Mills Ltd Supporting body for image material
JP2004003078A (en) * 2002-04-11 2004-01-08 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Base material for recording material, and method for producing the same, and recording material
JP2004114447A (en) * 2002-09-25 2004-04-15 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Manufacturing method for material for forming or fixing image, material for forming or fixing image, and method for forming or fixing image

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP4758092B2 (en) 2011-08-24
US7776429B2 (en) 2010-08-17
CN101035675A (en) 2007-09-12
CN101035675B (en) 2010-05-05
JP2006103157A (en) 2006-04-20
US20080108501A1 (en) 2008-05-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7485359B2 (en) Support for image-recording material and image-recording material
WO2006038537A1 (en) Image recording material-use support and image recording material, and image recording method
US20070218256A1 (en) Image-receiving sheet for electrophotography and image forming process
JP4686216B2 (en) Electrophotographic material and manufacturing method thereof
JP4880886B2 (en) Image recording label sheet and image forming method
WO2006095493A1 (en) Support for image recording material and process for producing the same, and image recording material and image recording method using the same
US7270869B2 (en) Image-recording material, process for producing the same and process for forming image
US7687217B2 (en) Image-receiving sheet for electrophotography and image forming process
JP2005154996A (en) Support for image recording material, method for producing the same and image recording material
JP2005062845A (en) Image recording material, its manufacturing method and image forming method
JP4603311B2 (en) Support for image recording material, method for producing the same, and image recording material
JP2006281569A (en) Support for image recording material, its production method, and image recording material
JP2006071948A (en) Support for image recording material and image recording material
JP2006091808A (en) Image recording material and depression-and-protrusion forming method
JP2006215494A (en) Image receiving sheet for electrophotography and image forming method
JP4603318B2 (en) Electrophotographic image-receiving sheet, method for producing the same, image forming method, and electrophotographic image forming system
JP4409369B2 (en) Image recording material, method for producing the same, and image forming method
JP4409352B2 (en) Electrophotographic image receiving sheet and image forming method
JP4734007B2 (en) Support for image recording material, method for producing the same, and image recording material
JP2006248117A (en) Support for image recording material, image recording material and image recording method
JP2006043927A (en) Support for image recording material, its manufacturing method and image recording material
JP2005004194A (en) Electrophotographic image receiving sheet and image forming method
JP2006070381A (en) Support for image recording material and image-recording material
JP2005070753A (en) Paper, method for manufacturing same, support for image recording material, and image recording material
JP2005326554A (en) Support for image recording material and image recording material

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KM KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV LY MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NG NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SM SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LT LU LV MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200580033934.4

Country of ref document: CN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 11664113

Country of ref document: US

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 11664113

Country of ref document: US

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP